PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
OVERALL FACILITY CONFIGURATION............................................................... 11
1.1.
Major Components ..................................................................................................................... 11
1.2.
Balance of Plant Support Systems .............................................................................................. 11
2.
SITE CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................... 13
2.1.
Site Elevation and Barometric Pressure ..................................................................................... 13
2.2.
Temperatures .............................................................................................................................. 13
2.3.
Precipitation, Wind, and Earthquake .......................................................................................... 13
3.
CODES AND STANDARDS .......................................................................................... 13
3.1.
State and Local Building Codes, Standards and Ordinances...................................................... 14
3.2.
U.S. Government Codes, Ordinances, and Standards ................................................................ 14
3.3.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers .............................................................................. 14
3.4.
American National Standards Institute ....................................................................................... 15
3.5.
Industry Standards ...................................................................................................................... 16
3.6.
Electric Utility Requirements ..................................................................................................... 17
4.
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................. 17
4.1.
System Descriptions ................................................................................................................... 19
4.2.
Plant Identification System ........................................................................................................ 19
4.3.
Supplier Factory Tests ................................................................................................................ 20
4.4.
Testing ........................................................................................................................................ 21
4.5.
Welding ...................................................................................................................................... 22
4.6.
Lubrication ................................................................................................................................. 23
4.7.
Consumables .............................................................................................................................. 23
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 1 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
5.
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 23
6.
MAJOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ........................................ 24
6.1.
Combustion Turbine ................................................................................................................... 24
6.1.1.
Turbine Supervisory Instrumentation (TSI) ............................................................ 25
6.1.2.
Inlet Air Filter ......................................................................................................... 25
6.1.3.
Acoustic Enclosures ................................................................................................ 26
6.1.4.
Water Wash System ................................................................................................ 27
6.1.5.
Combustion Turbine Exhaust Duct ......................................................................... 27
6.1.6.
Exhaust Stack .......................................................................................................... 27
6.2
Lube and Control Oil Systems ................................................................................................... 27
6.3.
Closed Cooling Water System (if needed) ................................................................................. 28
6.4.
Turning Gear .............................................................................................................................. 29
6.5.
Pumps ......................................................................................................................................... 29
6.6.
6.7.
6.5.1.
Pump Types ............................................................................................................ 30
6.5.2.
General Design and Construction ........................................................................... 30
6.5.3.
Pump Characteristics............................................................................................... 31
6.5.4.
Fittings .................................................................................................................... 31
6.5.5.
Bearings .................................................................................................................. 32
Piping ......................................................................................................................................... 32
6.6.1.
Piping Materials ...................................................................................................... 34
6.6.2.
Pipe Velocities ........................................................................................................ 36
6.6.3.
Pipe Hangers and Supports ..................................................................................... 36
Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 37
6.7.1.
Drain and Vent Valves and Traps ........................................................................... 38
6.7.2.
Low-Pressure Water Valves.................................................................................... 38
6.7.3.
Instrument Air Valves ............................................................................................. 39
6.7.4.
Non-Return Valves ................................................................................................. 39
6.7.5.
Motor-Actuated Valves ........................................................................................... 39
6.7.6.
Control Valves ........................................................................................................ 39
6.7.7.
Safety and Relief Valves ......................................................................................... 42
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 2 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
6.7.8.
Instrument Root Valves .......................................................................................... 42
6.7.9.
Float-Operated Valves ............................................................................................ 42
6.7.10.
High-Pressure Valves .............................................................................................. 43
6.8.
Insulation and Freeze Protection ................................................................................................ 43
6.9.
Tanks .......................................................................................................................................... 44
6.10. Heat Exchangers ......................................................................................................................... 44
6.11. Pressure Vessels ......................................................................................................................... 45
6.12. Fuel Gas Supply System............................................................................................................. 45
6.13. Water Source and Treatment System ......................................................................................... 47
6.14. Demineralized Water .................................................................................................................. 47
6.15. Wastewater Treatment and Discharge ........................................................................................ 48
6.16. Sump Pumps ............................................................................................................................... 49
6.17. Potable Water ............................................................................................................................. 49
6.18
Fire Protection System ............................................................................................................... 50
6.18.1.
General .................................................................................................................... 50
6.18.2.
Seller’s Responsibility ............................................................................................ 50
6.18.3.
Fire Protection Master Plan and Design Basis ........................................................ 51
6.18.4.
Codes, Standards and Recommendations ............................................................... 52
6.18.5.
Other Codes and Standards ..................................................................................... 54
6.18.6.
Materials, Equipment and System Components Listings and Approvals ............... 55
6.18.7.
Fire Protection Water Supply and Water Storage ................................................... 55
6.18.8.
Fire Pumps .............................................................................................................. 56
6.18.9.
Underground Fire Protection Water Main System and Hydrants ........................... 58
6.18.10. Fire Hydrants .......................................................................................................... 59
6.18.11. Fire Protection and Detection System ..................................................................... 59
6.19
Fire Detection System ................................................................................................................ 63
6.20
Compressed Air System ............................................................................................................. 65
6.21. Cranes, Hoists, and Trolleys....................................................................................................... 66
6.22. Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning ................................................................................. 67
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 3 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.
7.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
6.22.1.
System Function...................................................................................................... 68
6.22.2.
Buildings and Enclosures ........................................................................................ 68
6.22.3.
Air Conditioning System ........................................................................................ 68
6.22.4.
Battery Room Exhaust System ............................................................................... 69
6.22.5.
Design Parameters................................................................................................... 69
6.22.6.
Standards ................................................................................................................. 70
MAJOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS .......................................... 71
Frequency and Voltage Limits ................................................................................................... 72
7.1.1.
Frequency ................................................................................................................ 72
7.1.2.
Voltage .................................................................................................................... 72
7.2.
Auxiliary Equipment .................................................................................................................. 72
7.3.
Synchronous Generator .............................................................................................................. 72
7.3.1.
Construction of the Generator ................................................................................. 73
7.3.2.
Accessories ............................................................................................................. 74
7.3.3.
Generator Neutral Grounding ................................................................................. 74
7.3.4.
Excitation Systems .................................................................................................. 74
7.4.
Isolated Phase Bus Ducts, Non-Segregated Phase Bus Ducts, and Generator Circuit Breakers 75
7.5.
Plant Electrical Auxiliary Systems ............................................................................................. 76
7.6.
Electrical System Design and Equipment Requirements ........................................................... 77
7.7.
Automatic Generation Control Terminal.................................................................................... 78
7.8.
Generator Bus ............................................................................................................................. 80
7.9.
Neutral Grounding Equipment ................................................................................................... 80
7.10. GSU Transformer Bank.............................................................................................................. 81
7.10.1.
GSU Cooling System .............................................................................................. 82
7.10.2.
Generator Breakers ................................................................................................. 82
7.11. Unit Auxiliary Transformer........................................................................................................ 82
7.12. System Protection ....................................................................................................................... 83
7.12.1.
Generator Protective Relaying ................................................................................ 85
7.12.2.
Generator Bus and Transformer Protective Relaying ............................................. 86
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 4 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
7.12.3.
Main Power Transformer Protective Relaying ....................................................... 86
7.12.4.
Auxiliary System Relaying ..................................................................................... 86
7.12.5.
Major Interlocks ...................................................................................................... 86
7.12.6.
Lockout Relay Actions............................................................................................ 87
7.12.7.
Protective Relays..................................................................................................... 87
7.13. Medium-Voltage Bus Duct ........................................................................................................ 87
7.13.1.
Non-Segregated Phase Bus Duct/Cable Bus (as required)...................................... 87
7.13.2.
Bus Ratings ............................................................................................................. 87
7.13.3.
Cable Bus Duct ....................................................................................................... 88
7.13.4.
Bus Ratings ............................................................................................................. 88
7.13.5.
Conductors .............................................................................................................. 88
7.13.6.
Medium-Voltage System ........................................................................................ 88
7.14. Low-Voltage System .................................................................................................................. 90
7.14.1.
System Configuration ............................................................................................. 90
7.14.2.
Transformers ........................................................................................................... 90
7.15. Switchgear .................................................................................................................................. 90
7.16. Motor Control Centers................................................................................................................ 91
7.16.1.
Operational Requirements....................................................................................... 92
7.16.2.
Protection ................................................................................................................ 92
7.17. Alternate Power Source .............................................................................................................. 92
7.18. Essential Service AC System ..................................................................................................... 92
7.18.1.
Uninterruptible Power Supply ................................................................................ 92
7.18.2.
Rectifier................................................................................................................... 93
7.18.3.
Inverter .................................................................................................................... 93
7.18.4.
Static Transfer Switch ............................................................................................. 93
7.18.5.
Essential Service 120V AC Distribution Panelboard.............................................. 94
7.19. Essential Service DC System ..................................................................................................... 94
7.19.1.
Batteries .................................................................................................................. 94
7.19.2.
Battery Accessories ................................................................................................. 95
7.19.3.
Battery Chargers ..................................................................................................... 95
7.20. Motors ........................................................................................................................................ 95
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 5 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
7.20.1.
4000V Motors ......................................................................................................... 96
7.20.2.
Low-Voltage Motors ............................................................................................... 98
7.21. Standby Power Generator ........................................................................................................... 99
7.22. Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................................. 99
7.22.1.
Communications Section ........................................................................................ 99
7.22.2.
Security ................................................................................................................. 100
7.22.3.
Panelboards ........................................................................................................... 101
7.22.4.
Grounding and Lightning Protection System ........................................................ 101
7.22.5.
Cathodic Protection System .................................................................................. 102
7.22.6.
Lighting Systems................................................................................................... 102
7.22.7.
Cable and Raceway Systems................................................................................. 103
7.23. General Wiring Requirements .................................................................................................. 107
7.24. Protective Relay Panel Functional Requirements .................................................................... 108
7.25. Workstations............................................................................................................................. 108
7.26. Testing and Checking of Electrical Equipment ........................................................................ 108
7.27. Embedded Work ....................................................................................................................... 108
7.28. Freeze Protection ...................................................................................................................... 108
7.29. Switchyard ................................................................................................................................ 109
7.29.1.
System Description and Scope .............................................................................. 109
7.29.2.
Circuit Breakers .................................................................................................... 109
7.29.3.
Disconnect Switches ............................................................................................. 110
7.29.4.
System Protection ................................................................................................. 110
7.29.5.
Control .................................................................................................................. 110
7.29.6.
Power Metering ..................................................................................................... 110
7.29.7.
Non-Revenue Metering ......................................................................................... 111
7.29.8.
Steel Structures ..................................................................................................... 113
7.29.9.
Miscellaneous ....................................................................................................... 113
7.29.10. Switchyard Grounding and Lightning Protection ................................................. 113
7.29.11. Stability Study ....................................................................................................... 114
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 6 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.
8.1.
8.2.
8.3.
8.4.
8.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ................................ 114
Distributed Control System ...................................................................................................... 116
8.1.1.
Performance Requirements ................................................................................... 116
8.1.2.
Functional Requirements ...................................................................................... 116
8.1.3.
Console Design ..................................................................................................... 117
8.1.4.
Hardware Requirements ........................................................................................ 117
8.1.5.
DCS Partitioning ................................................................................................... 117
8.1.6.
Power .................................................................................................................... 118
8.1.7.
System Failure Protection ..................................................................................... 118
8.1.8.
DCS Communication Network ............................................................................. 118
8.1.9.
Printers .................................................................................................................. 118
8.1.10.
Computing Hardware and System I/O .................................................................. 119
8.1.11.
System Cabinets .................................................................................................... 119
8.1.12.
Electrical Design Criteria ...................................................................................... 119
Software Requirements ............................................................................................................ 120
8.2.1.
Data Acquisition ................................................................................................... 120
8.2.2.
DCS Interfaces ...................................................................................................... 121
Testing ...................................................................................................................................... 123
8.3.1.
Tools ..................................................................................................................... 123
8.3.2.
Installation and Operating Instructions ................................................................. 123
Continuous Emissions Monitoring System .............................................................................. 123
8.4.1.
Analyzer Subsystem.............................................................................................. 124
8.4.2.
Sample Transport System ..................................................................................... 124
8.4.3.
Stack Gas Monitoring Equipment ......................................................................... 125
8.4.4.
CEMS Data Logger ............................................................................................... 125
8.4.5.
CEMS Enclosure ................................................................................................... 125
8.4.6.
Documentation ...................................................................................................... 125
8.4.7.
Shipping ................................................................................................................ 126
8.4.8.
Factory Checkout .................................................................................................. 126
Data Acquisition System .......................................................................................................... 126
8.5.1.
Software .................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
8.5.2.
Data Communications System ................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 7 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.6.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
8.5.3.
Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements.......... Error! Bookmark not defined.
8.5.4.
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Data.......... Error! Bookmark not defined.
Balance-Of-Plant Instrumentation Installation Criteria And Installation Details..................... 128
8.6.1.
Scope of Specification .......................................................................................... 128
8.6.2.
Instrumentation Electrical Requirements .............................................................. 131
8.6.3.
Pressure Instruments ............................................................................................. 131
8.6.4.
Temperature Instruments ...................................................................................... 133
8.6.5.
Level Instruments .................................................................................................. 134
8.6.6.
Level Gauges ........................................................................................................ 136
8.6.7.
Flow Elements – Flow Nozzles and Venturis ....................................................... 136
8.6.8.
Flow Elements – Orifice Plates ............................................................................. 137
8.6.9.
Annunciators, Alarm Switches, and Electrical Devices........................................ 138
8.6.10.
Process Analyzers and Analyzer Systems............................................................. 139
8.6.11.
Pressure and Temperature Switches...................................................................... 141
8.7.
Instrument Air and Service Air Systems .................................................................................. 141
8.8.
Field-Mounted Instruments ...................................................................................................... 141
8.9.
8.8.1.
Instrumentation - General Design ......................................................................... 142
8.8.2.
Instrument Cabinets and Local Control Panels ..................................................... 143
8.8.3.
Instrument Tubing and Piping............................................................................... 144
8.8.4.
Air Piping, Fittings, and Pneumatic Devices ........................................................ 146
Steam/Water Sampling and Analysis ...................................................................................... 147
8.10. Vibration Monitoring System ................................................................................................... 147
8.11. Plant Siren System.................................................................................................................... 147
8.12. Instrument Calibration .............................................................................................................. 147
8.13. I&C Maintenance Area Requirements ..................................................................................... 147
9.
9.1.
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS ....................................................................... 148
Design Criteria ......................................................................................................................... 148
9.1.1.
Dead Loads ........................................................................................................... 148
9.1.2.
Live Loads ............................................................................................................ 148
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 8 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
9.2.
Site Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 151
9.3.
Geotechnical Investigations ..................................................................................................... 151
9.4.
Surveying ................................................................................................................................. 152
9.5.
Site Development and Earth work............................................................................................ 152
9.6.
Temporary Construction Facilities ........................................................................................... 152
9.7.
Facility Grading........................................................................................................................ 153
9.7.1.
Earthwork .............................................................................................................. 154
9.7.2.
Clearing and Grubbing .......................................................................................... 155
9.7.3.
Stripping ................................................................................................................ 155
9.7.4.
Disposal of Unusable Soils ................................................................................... 155
9.7.5.
Erosion Control ..................................................................................................... 156
9.7.6.
Existing Underground Facilities ........................................................................... 156
9.8.
Access....................................................................................................................................... 156
9.9.
Water Discharge Systems ......................................................................................................... 156
9.9.1.
Clean Storm Water Discharge System .................................................................. 157
9.9.2.
Oil-Contaminated Discharge Systems .................................................................. 159
9.9.3.
Process Wastewater Discharge System ................................................................. 158
9.9.4.
Sanitary Wastewater Discharge System................................................................ 159
9.10. Roads, Parking Lots, and Walkways ........................................................................................ 160
9.10.1.
Facility Roads ....................................................................................................... 160
9.10.2.
Road Width and Clearance Requirements ............................................................ 160
9.10.3.
Road Pavement ..................................................................................................... 161
9.10.4.
Parking Lots .......................................................................................................... 161
9.10.5.
Chemical Unloading ............................................................................................. 161
9.10.6.
Facility Area Surfacing ......................................................................................... 161
9.10.7.
Surfacing Plan ....................................................................................................... 163
9.11. Landscaping.............................................................................................................................. 163
9.12. Fencing and Signage ................................................................................................................ 163
9.13. Buildings .................................................................................................................................. 164
9.13.1.
Location and Footprint of Buildings ..................................................................... 164
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 9 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
9.13.2.
Building Requirements and Sizes ......................................................................... 165
9.13.3.
Architectural ......................................................................................................... 168
9.13.4.
Furnishings ............................................................................................................ 170
9.13.5.
Building Systems .................................................................................................. 171
9.14. Foundations for Equipment and Structures .............................................................................. 171
9.15. Concrete Work ......................................................................................................................... 172
9.16. Masonry Work.......................................................................................................................... 172
9.17. Steel Work ................................................................................................................................ 173
9.17.1.
Steel Grating and Steel Grating Stair Treads ........................................................ 173
9.17.2.
Stairs and Ladders ................................................................................................. 174
9.18. Painting and Coatings ............................................................................................................... 174
9.19. Design....................................................................................................................................... 175
9.20. Construction ............................................................................................................................. 176
9.21. Testing and Inspections ............................................................................................................ 177
10. DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS ...................................................................................... 178
10.1. Documents To Be Submitted For Purchaser Review and Comment ........................................ 179
10.2. Performance Curves ................................................................................................................. 183
10.3. Purchaser's Right to Receive Additional Documents for Information ..................................... 184
10.4. Documents To Be Submitted Before Turn over of Facility ..................................................... 185
10.5. Drawings and Lists ................................................................................................................... 186
10.6. Instruction Books and Operating Manuals ............................................................................... 186
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 10 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
OVERALL FACILITY CONFIGURATION
The Facility will include ______________ Units and other balance-of-plant (BOP)
systems and facilities for a complete, fully operational, Facility. Each Unit will include
identical ___________ combustion turbines and balance-of-plant (BOP) systems and
facilities associated with the Unit. Each power island includes __________ combustion
turbine generators (CTGs) with each CTG exhausting into an exhaust stack. NOx
emission control will be accomplished using NOx combustion control as well as
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR). An inlet air filtration system will be included to
provide suitably filtered combustion air to the CTG and evaporative cooling will be
provided.
Power for each Unit will be generated at ____ and stepped up through an individual main
transformer to the Utility grid. An on-site switchyard shall be designed, furnished and
installed to meet the interconnect utility, ISO and WCCP requirements.
1.1.
Major Components
The Facility shall consist of the following major components:
 ______ CTGs, complete with NOx combustion control, evaporative coolers, and all
other auxiliaries, each equipped with transitions, expansion joints, an SCR system to
control emissions of NOx, a CO reduction catalyst system and all other auxiliaries
1.2.
Balance of Plant Support Systems
The BOP support systems include, but are not limited to, the following:
 One Distributed Control System (DCS) for the simple cycle facility and
balance-of-plant (BOP) control, data acquisition and data analysis.
 One natural gas system
 One liquid fuel system, if applicable
 Ammonia unloading, storage, and transfer systems
 Interconnecting piping for combustion turbine liquid fuel system, if applicable
 Cooling water systems
 Raw water treatment system
 Water treatment system
 Fire/filtered water storage tank
 Demineralized water storage tanks
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 11 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Chemical storage and injection systems
 Hypochlorite storage and injection system , if required
 Domestic (potable) water system, including well or utility interconnect
 Sanitary waste system
 Process waste water system
 Fire detection, alarm, and suppression systems
 Instrument air system
 Service air system
 Permanent Facility communications system
 Heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems
 Storm water management system
 Sampling system
 Emergency power system, including emergency electric power generator
 Electric power distribution system
 Lighting system
 Lightning protection system
 Cathodic protection system
 Freeze Protection system, if required by environmental conditions.
 Grounding system
 Expansion joints
 Roads (including the access road), fencing and parking
 Transmission interconnection facilities,
 Continuous Emissions Monitoring System (CEMS), and Data Acquisition and
Handling System (DAHS)
 Administrative and maintenance buildings
 Bottled gas storage (e.g., CEMS, CO2)
 Natural gas line and on-site metering station per the pipeline company interconnect
requirements
 Electrical transmission tie-in
 Interfaces with the above temporary or mobile systems including mobile
demineralizer trailers.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 12 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
2.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
SITE CONDITIONS
The facility shall be designed in accordance with the Site Conditions specified in
Appendix N3.
2.1.
Site Elevation and Barometric Pressure
The facility shall be designed based on the site elevation listed in Appendix N3.
2.2.
Temperatures
Equipment shall be designed to operate and stand down without damage throughout the
temperature range listed in Appendix N3.
2.3.
Precipitation, Wind, and Earthquake
The Facility shall be designed for the maximum rainfall conditions listed in Appendix
N3. Snow Load (if applicable)
Design snow loads shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth in the California
Building Code and or local governing building code.
Design wind loads shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth in the California
Building Code and or local governing building code. The Importance Factor for wind
shall be 1.0 (non-essential facility). The applicable basic wind velocity in mph and the
site specific exposure (B, C or D) is listed in Appendix N3.
Seismic design loads shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
California Building and or local governing building code. The applicable seismic zone
shall be either Zone 4 or Zone 3 for the specific site location. The site shall be assigned a
soil profile type as substantiated by geotechnical data for the specific site. The
Importance Factor for seismic shall be 1.0 (non-essential facility). The applicable seismic
zone, soil profile type, and seismic coefficients Ca and Cv are listed in Appendix N3.
The site footprint shall not be located in a floodplain.
3.
CODES AND STANDARDS
Systems and equipment shall be designed in accordance with Codes and Standards,
Regulations, Governmental Approvals and Governmental Rules in effect at the date of
execution of this Contract. Applicable sections of Governmental Rules will be referenced
as required in the relevant technical specifications. In case of conflict among this Scope
Document, referenced Governmental Rules, and manufacturer's standard practices, the
Purchaser shall determine which will govern. Where there are no applicable
Governmental rules, power industry practice shall apply.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 13 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
3.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
State and Local Building Codes, Standards and Ordinances
 Code, Rules and Regulations of the State of California
 California Building Code
 California OSHA (CALOSHA)
 Local laws, ordinances, and regulations
3.2.
U.S. Government Codes, Ordinances, and Standards
 Occupational Safety and Health Act (0SHA) - 29 CFR 1910, 1926
 Federal Aviation Agency (FAA) - Obstruction Marking and Lighting AC No.
70/7460-IJ)
 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) - 40 CFR 423, 40 CFR 60, 40 CFR 72, 40
CFR 75, 40 CFR 112
 Appendix A to Part 36, “American Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines for
Buildings and Facilities
3.3.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
The following standards of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) shall
be followed:
 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections:
I
Power Boilers
II
Material Specifications
Part A: Ferrous Materials
Part B: Nonferrous Materials
Part C: Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Filler Metals
V
Nondestructive Examination
VIII
Pressure Vessels Division 1
IX
Welding and Brazing Qualifications
 ASME B31.1 - Power Piping
 ASME Performance Test Codes:
The following performance test code may be used as guidance in conducting the
performance for the overall facility:
 PTC 46
Overall Plant Performance
 PTC 1
General Instructions
 PTC -19.1
Measurement Uncertainty
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 14 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The following performance test codes may be used as guidance in conducting
performance tests if a shortfall in overall Facility performance requires individual
component testing:
3.4.
 PTC -19.2
Pressure Measurement
 PTC -19.3
Temperature Measurement
 PTC – 22
Gas Turbine Power Plants
American National Standards Institute
The following standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) shall be
followed:
 B16.1
Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
 B16.5
Steel Pipe, Flanges, and Fittings
 B16.34
Steel Valves
 B30.17
Overhead and Gantry Cranes
 B133.8
Gas Turbine Installation Sound Emissions
 C2
National Electrical Safety Code
 C37.010
Application Guide for AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on
a Symmetrical Current Basis
 C37.04
Standard Rating Structure for AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers
Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis
 C37.06
Switchgear - AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a
Symmetrical Current Basis -Preferred Ratings and Related Required Capabilities
 C37.13
Enclosures
Standard for low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in
 C37.20.1
Switchgear
Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
 C37.20.2
Standard Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear
 C37.23
Guide for Metal-Enclosed Bus and Calculating Losses in
Isolated-Phase Bus
 C37.30
Definitions and Requirements for High-Voltage Air Switches,
Insulators, and Bus Supports
 C50.41
Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations
 C57.12.10
Transformers - 230 kV and below, 833/958 through 8,333/110,417
kVA Single Phase and 750/862 through 60,000/80,000/100,000 kVA Three Phase
without Load Tap C Changing, and 3,750/4,682 through 60,000/80,000/100,000
kVA With Load Tap Changing- Safety Requirements
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 15 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 C57.12.55
Transformers - Dry-Type Transformers Used in Unit Installation,
Including Unit Substations
3.5.
 C57.12.70
Transformers
Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power
 C57.13
Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers
 C57.109
Guide for Transformer Through-Fault-Current Duration
 C62.11
Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
Industry Standards
Applicable standards issued by the following industry organizations:
 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
 American Boiler Manufacturers Association (ABMA)
 American Concrete Institute (ACI)
 American Gas Association (AGA)
 American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
 American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
 Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA)
 American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
 American Petroleum Institute (API)
 American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT)
 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE)
 American Water Works Association (AWWA)
 American Welding Society (AWS)
 Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)
 Crane Equipment Manufacturer’s Association of America (CMMA)
 Expansion Joint Manufactures Association (EJMA)
 Fluid Control Institute (FCI)
 Heat Exchange Institute (HEI)
 Hydraulic Institute (HI) - Standard for Pumps
 Illuminating Engineering Society (IES)
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 16 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
 Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
 Instrument Society of America (ISA)
 Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry
 Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA)
 National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)
 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Fire Codes
 Pipe Fabrication Institute (PFI)
 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
 Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association (TIMA)
 Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association (TEMA)
 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) - fire protection equipment only
 Welding Research Council (WRC)
3.6.
Electric Utility Requirements
 California ISO
 PG&E Interconnection Requirements– see
http://www.pge.com/about/rates/tariffbook/ferc/tih/
 Western Electricity Coordinating Council (WECC)
 California Energy Commission
 Utility interconnect requirements for fuel (gas), power transmission, and water.
4.
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
Long-term safety, reliability, operability and maintainability of the Facility is of primary
concern to the Purchaser. As a result, the Seller shall take prudent measures in the design
to facilitate ease of operation and maintenance and provide adequate access to all
equipment. Where required to perform normal maintenance functions, facilities such as
equipment removal monorails shall be provided. Wherever practical, valves and
instruments shall be located such that they can be operated and easily accessed from
grade. Where valves and instruments normally requiring operator access must be located
in elevated locations, access platforms, handrails, and ladders shall be provided. All
valves (including safety and relief valves) and components shall be accessible for routine
maintenance. Minimum clearance over walkways and platforms shall be 7'-6". Adequate
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 17 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
provisions for removal of the generator rotor and turbine maintenance and laydown must
be provided and shown in the general arrangement. Platform access with stairs shall be
provided to all metering and custody transfer points that are not readily accessible from
grade. All task lighting applications shall be arranged to provide shadow-free lighting for
the area.
The proposed layout must accommodate concurrent maintenance on the combustion
turbines with separate cranes. All lifting devices shall be clearly stenciled with rated
lifting capacity. Provisions for a maintenance trailer area, along with associated electrical,
phone, and internet connections are required.
Facilities provided by the Seller must be adequate to support the number of individuals
who will be assigned to the Facility on a continuing basis, both during routine
maintenance and normal operations. Facilities required to support maintenance crews
during maintenance inspections/overhauls will be brought onsite on a temporary basis.
Plant must be automated and designed to be operated both with on-site operator and
remotely with no personnel on-site.
Equipment or other items which contain PCBs, asbestos, or asbestos bearing materials are
prohibited from use, as are instruments containing mercury. All hazardous and
non-hazardous wastes generated during the construction process shall be collected and
segregated by the Seller and stored in a secure area in properly labeled drums, which
identify the wastes contained. Disposal of such wastes shall be the responsibility of the
Seller, using the services of properly licensed technically capable subcontractors. The
Seller shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal regulations.
Nametags and nameplates shall be provided for all equipment and instruments supplied
under this Contract. Nameplates or tags shall be constructed of stainless steel and should
be stamped, as a minimum, with the manufacturer's name, the purchase order number
under which the item was purchased, and the equipment identification number used to
identify that piece of equipment on the drawings. Nametags shall either be permanently
attached to the equipment using rivets or stainless steel machine screws or shall be wired
to the item using stainless steel wire.
The design and layout of equipment within the Facility boundary shall meet Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and California OSHA (CALOSHA)
permissible noise exposure level without the use of hearing protection for a 12-hour
duration per day. Where this is not possible, specific areas shall be designate as high
noise level areas and the limits shall be indicated on the general arrangement drawings. In
any case, the local noise ordinance shall be met, unless a variance can be obtained from
the local authority. Plant noise levels shall be within permit specifications under all
operating conditions.
Signs, fire extinguishers, marking of high noise areas requiring hearing protection, and
other items needed to meet OSHA regulations and otherwise ensure minimal risk to
personnel health and safety while at the Facility shall be provided.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 18 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
All outdoor equipment and materials shall be designed and installed consistent with
expected use and environmental conditions (e.g. freeze protection, moisture & dust
controls, cooling and ventilation, heat tracing and insulation for electrical motors,
cabinets/load centers, sample, trap and chemical feed lines, etc.)
All plant equipment (pumps and motors) shall be fully isolatable to facilitate maintenance
repairs or replacement.
All major piping interfaces (such as incoming raw water, natural gas, and outgoing
wastewater) shall be fully metered with revenue quality instrumentation.
Power augmentation such as fogging, evaporative cooling, and steam injection may be
used provided it meets all OEM requirements.
4.1.
System Descriptions
System descriptions shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval no less than four (4)
months before the start of the operator training program. PG&E will provide the typical
format to be used for draft system descriptions. Final system descriptions shall be revised
to reflect as-built conditions.
4.2.
Plant Identification System
The Seller shall use a uniform designation and numbering system for all plant systems
and equipment and across the entire site. The designation and numbering system shall be
coded to designate unit number or common facilities, process system, equipment name,
subcomponent or function name. The designations shall be used on all drawings,
schedules, descriptions, and other documents as well as on all nameplates, tags, and other
markings.
The following conventions shall be used for numbering of equipment:
North to South – increasing numbers
East to West – increasing numbers.
The Seller shall ensure that all numbering and nomenclature of high voltage apparatus
will be in accordance with PG&E Interconnection Handbook.
Each equipment, motor, valve, instrument, control panel and pertaining apparatus shall be
provided with name plates or tags indicating their purpose and identification designation.
The label shall also include the normal operating position for all shut-off valves. All
actuated valve tags shall include the valve and actuator reference number.
Nameplate surfaces for cubicles and control equipment shall have a matt or satin finish to
avoid dazzle. Equipment identification and components may use engraved plastic or
weatherproof nameplates, where appropriate. Name tags used on valves and
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 19 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
instrumentation shall be permanently attached to the equipment using rivets, machine
screws or stainless steel wire.
All major equipment shall be provided with data plates, indicating the name of
manufacturer, type, serial number, year of fabrication, main characteristics and other
information, as appropriate.
All components of the various pipe systems shall be clearly identified. Piping shall be
painted and/or marked in accordance with the fluid contained according to agreed and
approved power plant color code. Where color coding is impractical, the type of fluid
contained in the pipe shall be permanently stenciled onto the exterior surface of the pipe
or the pipe cladding at a maximum interval of every 15 feet. Piping containing hazardous
materials shall be labeled in accordance to ANSI A13.1.
Both ends of all power and instrument cables shall be clearly identified. A standard
system of colors for cable cores and wire color used for the wires in all panels, cubicles
and cabinets shall be specified and used by the Seller.
4.3.
Supplier Factory Tests
Seller specifications will require certain factory/functional tests of selected equipment,
including, but not limited to, the following:
 Combustion turbine including starting motor/torque converter/gearbox and generator
 Selective catalytic reduction system
 Main transformers
 Generator excitation system
 Station service transformer
 Air cooled heat exchangers
 Water cooled heat exchangers
 DCS
 CEMS/DAHS (review of system software)
Tests will be required for other equipment as considered appropriate by Purchaser
A preliminary list of witness and hold points to be developed by Seller and approved by
Purchaser.
Seller will review suppliers’ certified test data for compliance with specified performance
and functional criteria. Seller shall provide Buyer with test results as requested and
provide the opportunity for Buyer to witness tests.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 20 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
4.4.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Testing
Shop inspection and testing will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of
applicable codes and standards.
Seller shall furnish a table for approval by Purchaser showing inspection and testing for
all major purchase orders and field erected piping.
Pressure vessels will be shop tested per ASME Section VIII. Atmospheric tanks will be
hydrotested by filling with water. Welders will be certified per applicable codes.
Prefabricated piping to be skid-mounted will be hydrotested per ASME B 31.1 at the
fabricator’s shop when required by the applicable code or standard.
After assembly, piping systems will be given a leak test.
Assembled equipment will be visually examined.
Certified pump performance curves will be supplied for each pump based on previous
tests conducted by the vendors.
A complete functional checkout of the control panel and controls will be done at the
manufacturer’s shop before shipment.
Pressure testing, including pressure testing at 1.5 times the design pressure (unless noted
otherwise), will be specified and performed for pressure components. All pipe joints must
be exposed where pipe insulation is installed before the pressure testing. Pressure testing
shall include but not be limited to the following equipment and piping systems:
 Pump casings
 Fire protection system (test pressure per NFPA)
 Fuel gas system
 Liquid fuel system, if applicable
 Chemical feed systems, if applicable
 SCR ammonia system
 All underground piping (other NDE may be accepted for makeup water and
blowdown piping subject to prior written Purchaser approval)
 Closed cooling water system
 Potable water system
 Makeup water system
 Demineralized water system
 Blowdown system
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 21 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Water will normally be used as the test medium for hydrostatic testing. The water will be
clean and will be of such quality as to minimize corrosion of the materials in the piping
system. The hydrostatic test pressure will not be less than 1.5 times the design pressure,
but will not exceed the maximum allowable test pressure of any non-isolated
components, such as vessels, pumps, or valves. At the end of any hydrostatic testing, the
system will be layed-up appropriately. Pneumatic testing will not be used unless
approved by the Purchaser.
For non-water systems, water will be drained and piping/equipment will be dried before
placing the system in service.
Supplier’s standard functional field tests will be performed on the Facility systems and
associated components during startup.
Code stamped pressure vessels will be shop tested hydrostatically per the code.
Purchaser may, from time to time, make visual examination of the equipment and the
conditions under which it is being manufactured, both at the manufacturer’s work and on
site.
4.5.
Welding
Welders and welding procedures will be certified in accordance with the requirements of
the applicable codes and standards before performing any welding. Seller will maintain
indexed records of welder qualifications and weld procedures. Welders engaged in onsite welding will be supervised.
Welding of ferrous piping will be in accordance with ASME B31.1 and ASME Section
IX of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as well as industry standards. Fusion welding
of high-density polyethylene pipe will be performed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations using equipment approved for this purpose by the
manufacturer.
Electrodes and/or welding rods to be used and the fabrication procedure to be adopted
will be in accordance with the applicable code or standard and will be of low silica
content.
Before welding, the work will be heated, where necessary, in an approved manner, and
the temperature will be maintained throughout the operation.
After completion of welding, fabricated parts will be stress relieved as required by
applicable code or standard.
The extent of weld inspection and the final weld quality will comply with the applicable
standard or code. Nonconformance in welds is not acceptable. Indexed records of welder
qualifications, weld procedures, and weld inspection and repair reports shall be available
for inspection by Purchaser.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 22 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
4.6.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Lubrication
The types of lubrication specified for Facility equipment will be suited to the operating
conditions, will be in the beginning of the lubrication’s life cycle, and will comply with
the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers at the time of facility turnover.
Rotating equipment will be splash lubricated, force lubricated, or self-lubricated. Oil cups
will be provided as necessary. Where automatic lubricators are fitted to equipment,
provisions for emergency hand lubrication will also be specified. Where applicable,
equipment will be designed for manual lubrication without the removal of protective
guards while the equipment is in operation. Lubrication fill, drain, and sample points will
be readily accessible. Manual lubrication provisions will be external to guards with
machinery in motion.
Wherever possible, the lubricants proposed will be readily available.
The types of lubrication specified for the Facility equipment will be suited to the
operating conditions and will comply with the recommendations of the equipment
manufacturers.
4.7.
Consumables
Seller shall replenish the Facility consumables (demineralizer water, chemicals, gases and
other) such that at Turnover of the facility Purchaser has a full supply.
5.
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The Facility will be designed so that each Unit may be operated independently, and a
single failure of mechanical equipment common to all Units will not trip any operating
Unit.
The Facility and each Unit will be fully dispatchable with automatic generation control
(AGC). The Facility and each Unit will be capable of being dispatched from minimum to
full load, as specified in Appendix N3. The Facility and each Unit will also be capable of
cycling operation. Balance-of-plant design will not limit CTG operation over the full
range of site ambient conditions.
The Facility will be started without a source of auxiliary steam. Design of the Facility
shall consider limitations on emissions imposed by the local air district and the CEC.
The Facility does not need to have black start capability. An independent dual source of
power from the electric utility is required to meet house loads, including operation of all
necessary standby equipment and systems.
The sequence of startup varies only slightly depending upon whether the CTG is cold,
warm or hot. However, the duration of a start-up will be dependent on the initial
conditions of the plant. Each of the units that comprise the facility shall be designed to
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 23 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
achieve the startup times listed in Appendix N3 for the specified shutdown periods for
each Unit. Design of the Facility shall consider limitations on emissions imposed by the
local air district and the CEC.
The operational requirements include:
 The plant shall meet all air emission and other permit limits, during startup,
shutdown, normal operating and changing loads for a minimum of 4000 operating
hours per year.
 The plant shall operate in automatic as well as manual control from a centralized
control room through a DCS system. Automatic Generation Control (AGC) shall be
included so that the unit can be dispatched and controlled remotely including
making minute-to-minute variation and load following.
 Each unit shall be capable to start from zero load and reach grid synchronization at
full load in 10 minutes or less and to meet CAISO’s criteria for Non-Spinning
Reserve.
 Each unit shall be capability to complete a shutdown and restart cycle in less than
one hour and perform three start-stop cycles per day with no maintenance penalty.
Start based maintenance may be considered in lieu of no maintenance penalty.
 Minimum run time – 15 minutes or less per start.
 Ability for both local control and to connect to a remote source for starting and
stopping of the facility.
 Meets all North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) requirements
(cyber, site security, other).
 Meets the CAISO interconnection requirements including metering and ancillary
service provisions.
 The Facility controls for the simple cycle units shall be designed to provide remote
start and stop capability from Purchasers remote location with remote monitoring.
This shall be achievable without any onsite operator intervention. After startup the
Facility shall be capable to transferring to Automatic Generation Control. In
addition, the Facility shall be capable of remote shutdown. The control system may
use the Ethernet based protocol for interface for the remote start/stop capability. The
protocol to be used for the remote start/stop capability shall be finalized during the
detail design. Remote starting and stopping shall be done without any personnel
present at the facility.
6.
MAJOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
6.1.
Combustion Turbine
Equipment to be of proven design with large number of units in operation and
experiencing high reliability track record.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 24 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The compressor shall be a multistage axial-type and shall be directly coupled to the
turbine section. Modulating inlet air guide vanes shall be provided.
The combustion system shall be designed to maximize combustion efficiency,
combustion stability, and equipment life while meeting air emissions requirements while
firing natural gas. If liquid fuel is to be used for a back up fuel supply, the combustion
system shall be similarly designed to deliver efficient, stable, long life compliance.
The turbine blades shall be designed to minimize loads due to tangential, axial, and
torsional modes of vibration under all anticipated operating conditions.
Turbine blades and nozzles shall be coated as necessary to prevent degradation from
erosion, corrosion, or deposits. Components to be coated and coatings to be used shall be
identified in the proposal. Blade coatings must be available domestically.
A complete lubrication and control oil system including reservoir, pumps, filters, pressure
regulation, cooling-heating, circulating pipe to the turbine shall be provided as described
in section 6.2.
6.1.1.
Turbine Supervisory Instrumentation (TSI)
A complete Bentley Nevada 3500 or equal turbine supervisory instrumentation (TSI)
system with locally mounted supervisory instruments required for safe startup, operation,
and shutdown of the turbine generator shall be provided which includes the following:
 Vibration monitor on all the combustion turbine generator bearings using X and Y
vibration probes.
 Rotor speed and one zero speed sensor.
 Key phasers, three-speed and one zero-speed sensors (rotor speed).
 Temperature measurements of turbine metal, CTG bearing, and generator stator.
 Full data acquisition and facility control through the DCS automatic and manual
synchronizers
6.1.2.
Inlet Air Filter
The inlet filters to the combustion turbines shall be provided meeting the requirements of
the combustion turbine supplier. The filters shall be selected to meet the ambient
conditions and shall account for severe weather conditions such as icing, heavy rain, fog,
or dust conditions that result in high differential pressures.
A self-cleaning pulse-type filter shall be used unless not permitted by local environmental
conditions. The filters shall be selected and sized to provide minimum installed site life
of 36 months.
The high-efficiency cartridge filters shall be designed for 99.9% efficiency for removing
particles 5 micrometers (microns) and larger and 99% efficient in removing particles
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 25 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
2 microns and larger. The face velocity (horizontal component of the airflow) through the
filter media shall not exceed 500 ft/min.
Filter media shall be Donaldson Spiderweb or equivalent with minimum 4 year life
expectancy.
The inlet air filter system shall include the following:
 Stairways, and platforms (for access and maintenance) meeting OSHA requirements.
 Interior lighting and convenience outlets.
 Lifting facilities for raising and lowering filter elements from grade level to the filter
element access elevation.
 A louver or weather hood to minimize the entry of rain into inlet filter.
 A debris/bird screen immediately ahead of the inlet filter openings to prevent debris
and birds from entering inlet will be provided. The metal inlet screen shall not have
larger than one-inch mesh. Inlets shall have drainage holes to prevent standing water
during outages.
 Differential pressure measurement across filters linked through the DCS to allow
assessment of the optimum period to change the filter pads.
 A system to indicate possible inlet icing conditions (where icing conditions can be
expected). Windows shall be located in inlet ducts with lighting to enable on-line
observation of the inlet scroll and inlet guide vanes.
 Filter designed to minimize re-depositing particles expelled during pulsing.
 Enclosure sufficiently rigid to avoid vibration problems. Fasteners shall be suitably
locked to prevent loosening especially those on the inlet that could be ingested by
the compressor.
 Manufacturer’s standard air inlet filter. Inlet face velocity shall not exceed
500 ft/min with high efficiency filters meeting the combustion turbine
manufacturer’s requirements.
 Ability to change inlet air filters during on line operation with no load curtailment
6.1.3.
Acoustic Enclosures
The combustion turbine-generator package shall be enclosed by several connected
sections of weather protective housing structurally attached to the compartment base.
These enclosures shall provide ventilation (with 100% redundancy), thermal insulation,
acoustical attenuation, and fire protection media containment.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 26 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.1.4.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Water Wash System
Online CTG compressor water wash systems with drains shall be provided. All valves
shall be accessible for routine maintenance. A single wash-water skid-mounted system
with permanent piping to all combustion turbines shall be provided.
A separate CTG water wash drain system shall be provided for each Unit.
Waste water from the CTG during and after an off-line water wash procedure shall be
collected in a sump with capability to transfer the collected waste to the turbine building
sump.
6.1.5.
Combustion Turbine Exhaust Duct
The stainless steel liner covering system shall consist of mineral wool and ceramic fiber
insulation and an interior stainless steel liner. Insulation shall be retained to prevent
packing. The liner shall be retained in such a manner as to prevent movement
perpendicular to the duct and to allow axial thermal expansion and contraction.
Provisions at overlaps shall be provided to prevent the liner from buckling or being lifted
by gas flow velocities in the duct.
6.1.6.
Exhaust Stack
Exhaust stack shall be constructed of carbon steel with interior stack coating and, if
necessary to meet noise limitations, sound buffers. Stack drains shall be provided and
routed to the chemical waste drain system.
Exhaust system outside skin temperature shall not exceed 140°F for personnel protection
during any operating condition at summer design ambient conditions with still air (0 mph
wind speed).
Stack warning lights and/or coloring shall be incorporated, as required by Federal
Aviation Authority (FAA) regulations.
6.2.
Lube and Control Oil Systems
The facility shall include a complete lubrication system including storage, pumps, filters,
pressure regulation, cooling-heating, circulating pipe to the turbine, and instrumentation
and controls and include the following features:
The oil reservoir will be sized in accordance with industry standards to provide a normal
operating volume of at least 5 times the flow per minute to the bearings and other
services. Electrical immersion heaters with thermostatic control shall be furnished and
shall be capable of maintaining the optimal oil temperature at minimum specified winter
design ambient temperature conditions.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 27 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Lube oil supply and drain piping, valves, and fittings may be stainless or carbon steel.
Lube oil supply piping shall be routed inside the drain line.
Two lube oil pumps with AC motor drives. As an alternate, one full capacity shaft driven
lube oil pump and one full capacity AC motor-driven lube oil pump shall be provided.
With either alternative, one partial capacity DC motor driven lube oil pump sized to
provide adequate flow during trip conditions shall be provided.
Two 100% capacity water-cooled lube oil coolers shall be provided and piped such that
one unit may be serviced while the other unit is in operation.
A duplex, 100% capacity multi-element lube oil filter with a continuous flow transfer
valve shall be provided with connections and piping for a portable centrifuge filter.
Equipment shall include two 100% oil vapor extractors with mist eliminators which meet
permit emission limits. Extractors shall purge bearing housings and reservoir of oil
vapors.
Coalescent type mist eliminators shall be provided. Oil shall be separated and returned to
the lube oil reservoir.
Additional instrumentation shall include dual-element thermocouples for monitoring and
alarm to measure turbine and generator bearing metal temperatures. Bearing header and
vapor extraction vacuum pressures shall be measured and indicated locally and on the
unit control system. Lube oil pressure to each bearing or in the common lube oil supply
line shall be indicated in the unit's control system.
Valved connections shall be provided to provide for future installation of a portable
centrifuge.
Hydraulic fluid control system shall be designed to use fire resistant fluid. It shall be
provided with the following:
 A reservoir with access doors, float-type level gauge, and two high- and two lowlevel switches
 Redundant, full size AC motor-driven pumps
 Filtering equipment with in-line duplex filters
 Two full-size coolers
 316 stainless steel piping from reservoir and from turbine and to hydraulic actuators
 Dual thermocouples and indicating thermometers for indication of fluid temperature,
and pressure gauges and electronic pressure transmitters for indication of fluid
pressure
6.3.
Closed Cooling Water System (if needed)
The closed cooling water system shall be designed for removing the maximum heat
rejected from all the auxiliary equipment identified and rejecting it to the atmosphere.
Two 100% capacity pumps and cooling water heat exchangers, each isolatable for routine
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 28 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
cleaning and tube plugging without plant curtailment shall be provided. An elevated
water surge tank shall be provided for surge capability, system makeup, venting, and
adequate net positive suction head (NPSH) for the closed cooling water pumps.
The cooling water heat exchangers and pumps shall be sized to supply adequate cooling
water to the closed loop system. The system shall be designed to provide adequate
cooling for the site conditions. The system design shall permit shutdown and
maintenance of the individual items of equipment without interruption of the cooling
function of the rest of the system.
6.4.
Turning Gear
Turning gear shall be furnished complete with AC electric motor drive (DC drive) as well
as a hand crank (or pneumatic) system, and auxiliary switches to indicate in and out
positions of gear mechanisms.
6.5.
Pumps
All pumps shall be designed for continuous operation unless otherwise specified.
All pumps shall be installed in positions convenient for operation and servicing. Where
multiple pump installations are required, each pump and its associated equipment shall be
arranged in such a manner as to permit easy access for operation, maintenance, and pump
removal without affecting plant operation. Lifting lugs, eye bolts, and other special tackle
shall be provided to permit easy handling and removal of the pump and its components.
Standard types of pumps shall be used wherever possible. Only proven products and
models are to be supplied.
Strainers (startup or permanent) shall be installed in the suction piping of horizontal
pumps or sets of pumps. The driver shall be mounted on an extension of the pump
bedplate and shall drive the pump through a flexible coupling with OSHA coupling
guard.
Pumping systems with variable flow requirement shall have a recirculation line for pump
protection. As a minimum, pumps with motors rated for 25 hp and above shall be
supplied with a recirculation line for protection. The recirculation line shall normally be
routed to the source from which the system takes suction. Modulating or two-position
automatic recirculation valves or restriction orifices shall be used as applicable. Pumps
furnished for each application shall be sized to accept an impeller at least 1/8 inch larger
in diameter than the impeller specified without having to change the pump casing.
Vent and drain plugs shall be fitted, where necessary, at suitable points on the pump
casing. Oil system pump vents and drains shall be provided with valves. Horizontal splitcase pumps shall allow the removable half casing and impeller to be withdrawn without
disturbing any of the process piping or valves. Horizontal end-suction pumps shall allow
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 29 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
the impeller to be withdrawn from the motor end without disturbing the motor or
discharge piping.
Where part-load (e.g., two 50%) duplicate pumps for the same service are provided, they
shall be capable of operating in parallel.
6.5.1.
Pump Types
Centrifugal pumps shall be used wherever possible. Positive displacement screw pumps
may be used when handling fuel and lubricate oils, and reciprocating pumps will be
accepted for chemical dosing and metering purposes.
6.5.2.
General Design and Construction
All pumps shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the pump shut-off pressure, under
maximum suction pressure conditions, unless otherwise specified. All pump shafts shall
be of ample size to transmit the full output from their drivers. Impellers shall be fitted to
the shaft in a suitable manner that will permit the transmission of the maximum torque
developed under any operating condition and removal without damage to either impeller
or shaft.
All pumps shall be selected such that they do not cavitate under the expected range of
operating conditions.
Renewable wear rings shall be fitted to the casing and impeller.
All pumps shall be constructed of materials specifically designed for the conditions and
nature of the pumped fluid and to resist cavitation, erosion, and corrosion.
Seals shall be provided and must meet the working conditions. For centrifugal pumps,
mechanical seals shall be adopted.
Centrifugal pumps shall preferably be of the horizontal-shaft type unless specified
otherwise. Each horizontal pump shall be mounted with its driving motor on a common
baseplate of rigid construction. The baseplate shall be provided with a drip tray fitted
with a drain line and valve.
The construction of the pump casing shall be two parts, an upper part and a lower part,
for easy maintenance.
Vertical-shaft centrifugal pumps may be employed when pumped liquids are at or near
their boiling point. Pumps for such duties must be carefully sited to ensure that the Net
Positive Suction Head Available (NPSHA) under all operating conditions will be
adequate for the type of pump employed. The NPSHA values represent the worst
operating conditions, i.e., the lowest atmospheric pressure, lowest suction pressure of the
pump, and highest temperature of the pumped fluid.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 30 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Horizontal shaft, 3,600 rpm pumps of the centrifugal type shall have balanced impellers
and at least two bearings. The driver shall be mounted on an extension of the pump
bedplate and shall drive the pump through a flexible coupling of an approved type.
Centrifugal pumps shall be of rigid-shaft design and shall be designed such that the first
critical speed of the pump, when coupled to its driver is at least 10% higher than the
maximum operating speed. The entire rotor assembly shall be statically balanced, and
dynamic balancing is required in one of the following cases:
 Pump speed exceeds 1,500 rpm, capacity exceeds 200 gpm and impeller diameter
exceeds 6 inches,
 Pump speed exceeds 1,500 rpm for pumps of 2 or more stages.
Pumps shall operate smoothly throughout the speed range in reaching their operating
speed. Where necessary the pumps are to be fitted with devices to ensure a minimum
through-flow.
The piping upstream of a pump shall be at least as large as the pump suction connection.
Velocity shall be limited to 5 fps if there is a suction lift (negative pressure).
6.5.3.
Pump Characteristics
Where a number of pumps are used for the same purpose, they shall be suitable for
parallel operation and shall be interchangeable.
The pump head characteristics shall be such that the head will continuously increase with
decreasing flow quantity with a maximum head reached at zero flow. Generally, a head
increase of 15% above the duty point at zero flow will be acceptable.
Full pump characteristic curves giving head/capacity, efficiency/capacity, power
absorbed/capacity, and net positive suction head required/capacity shall be provided for
all pumps.
Unless otherwise specified, the capacity of all pumps shall be so determined that under
normal operation, their total rated running output is 110% of the process flow, if the
suction level is controlled, and 115% of the process flow, if the suction is uncontrolled
(i.e., free suction pump).
6.5.4.
Fittings
All pumps shall be installed with isolating valves, a discharge non-return valve, and
suction and discharge pressure gauges, unless otherwise stated. All positive displacement
pumps shall be fitted with a discharge relief valve. Provisions for temperature
measurement shall be made in all pump suction and discharge pipe sections adjacent to
the pump flanges.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 31 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
All couplings and any intermediate shafting shall be supplied with removable type
coupling guards that shall cover the rotating parts and comply with the stipulations on
guards in the relevant section of this Specification.
Coupling halves shall be so matched as to ensure accurate alignment. Horizontal shaft
pumps shall be driven by the motor through an approved type of flexible coupling. Pintype flexible couplings shall not be used. Vertical shaft and in-line pumps may be driven
directly by the motor through a rigid coupling provided the motor thrust bearing has
adequate margin to take care of the pump’s maximum thrust.
All pumps other than submersible pumps shall have temporary strainers fitted in the
suction pipe-work during initial start-up and commissioning. Pumps shall be provided
with permanent strainers together with differential pressure gauges and alarm facilities.
Air release valves shall be fitted to all pumps at suitable points on the pump casing unless
the pump is self-venting due to the arrangement of the suction and discharge nozzles.
Drainage facilities shall be provided on the pump casing or adjacent pipe-work to
facilitate the dismantling of pumps.
6.5.5.
Bearings
All bearings shall be of ample surface area and, for large pumps, shall be of the automatic
oil-lubricated sleeve type.
On pumps utilizing ball or roller bearings, the inner race shall be fitted directly onto the
shaft and reliably fixed by a shoulder on the shaft. Bearings on vertical-shaft pumps shall
be so spaced as to prevent shaft whipping or vibration under any mode of operation.
Bearing housing on horizontal shaft pumps shall be so designed that the bearings can be
replaced without removing the pump or motor from its mounting.
Bearing housing on horizontal shaft pumps shall be effectively protected against the
ingress of water, pumped fluid, and dust with suitable non-ferrous deflectors.
All bearings oil wells shall be fitted with visual oil level indicators and local
thermometers. Means of draining bearing housings shall be provided.
6.6.
Piping
All materials for piping, valves, fittings, pressure vessels, and associated piping
components shall conform to the applicable ANSI Codes. All power piping shall conform
to ANSI B31.1 piping codes. Valves shall be appropriate for the pressures and
temperatures of each specific application. Gate valves shall not be used for throttling.
ANSI Class 125 valves are not acceptable, except for potable water plumbing and
circulating water system. All power piping, valves, and fittings shall be insulated using
materials consistent with the overall quality and design of the Facility. Insulation shall
provide for the expansion and contraction of the piping as will occur during off-line and
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 32 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
on-line Facility modes. Seller shall provide adequate pipe support systems to allow pipe
expansion, contraction, and appropriate seismic loads, if any.
Supporting straps around pipe flanges or valves are not acceptable. Anchors will be
attached to pipes by approved means.
Where pipe runs pass through open penetrations, floors, or walls, either individually or
collectively, floor or wall collars or other approved curbing shall be provided. Floor
collars shall extend to an approved height.
Each pipe shall be fitted at the ends to prevent the ingress of dirt during transportation
and storage.
Care shall be taken during final assembly and commissioning that pipes are cleaned and
free of grit, scale, jointing material, and/or tools.
Domestic water piping material shall be in accordance with applicable plumbing code
and suitable for the well water chemistry.
Compressed air piping between air compressors and air dryers shall be galvanized carbon
steel, copper, or stainless steel. Compressed air piping downstream of air dryers
(instrument air) shall be copper or stainless steel. Other compressed air piping
downstream of the receiver(s) (service air) shall be stainless steel, galvanized carbon
steel, or copper. HDPE may be used for any underground compressed air piping, if
approved by Purchaser.
Instrument air branches shall be taken from the top of the mains. Service air branch pipe
to points of use shall terminate in positive locking Schrader-type hose coupling.
Piping may be routed on overhead pipeways or sleeperways; it may be supported from
the building structure using pipe supports or rod hangers; or it may be buried. Space for
electrical and instrument conduit runs shall be provided on the pipeways and sleeperways
as required. Underground piping shall be provided with adequate corrosion protection, if
required. Fire water loop piping and potable water piping shall normally be routed
underground.
All steam lines shall be provided with means of gravity drainage.
Carbon steel lines 2 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 40 minimum. For the 2-inch
and smaller alloy steel lines, the minimum pipe wall thickness shall be calculated based
on design conditions.
Minimum pipe size shall be ½ inch, except for connections to equipment. Pipe sizes 1-1/4
inches and 5 inches shall not be used except for connections to equipment.
Pipe wall thickness calculations shall be based on the lowest strength component in the
system, considering all factors, including the possibility of pipe and fittings having
different maximum allowable stress values, and/or manufacturer’s minus tolerance.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 33 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Individual pipeline material classifications shall be developed for each class of service.
These material classifications shall define the valves, pipe, fittings, flanges, gaskets, and
bolting to be used.
Welded piping 2 inches and smaller shall be socket-weld construction, and welded piping
2-1/2 inches and larger shall be butt-weld construction. All threaded piping shall be
Schedule 40 minimum. Maximum line size for threaded connections shall be 2 inches.
Piping systems and components shall be stress analyzed, if required, for thermal
flexibility, support, pressure, vibration, seismic, fluid or gas flow reactions, and
environmental factors, including effects on equipment.
Piping flexibility shall be obtained through pipe routing or expansion loops unless
limitations of space or economics dictate the use of flexible connectors.
Expansion loops, when installed in a horizontal plane, may be offset vertically to clear
adjacent piping. Flexible connectors are to be used only when it is not feasible to provide
flexibility by other means.
The piping flexibility analysis shall consider the most severe operating temperature
condition sustained during startup, normal operation, upsets, or shutdown. The analysis
shall be for the maximum temperature differential. The effect of installation temperature
and solar temperatures shall be considered in determining the maximum temperature
differential. Analysis shall include relief valve opening and stop valve closure.
As a minimum, computer analysis shall be performed on all piping over 250°F or piping
subject to dynamic transients.
Seller’s pipe stress engineer shall verify proper installation and setting for all pipe
supports (1) before initial heat up, and (2) during initial operation at full plant load or
other maximum operating conditions (where possible).
6.6.1.
Piping Materials
All pipe-work shall be designed, fabricated and tested according to the requirements of
the approved standard as required by this Technical Specifications.
The material of the piping shall be equal to or better than the following technical
requirements.

For design metal temperature up to and including 750°F, carbon steel (including
plate material) shall be used.

For design metal temperature between 750°F and 990°F, Type P22 alloy steel shall
be used.

For design metal temperature above 990°F, Type P91 alloy steel shall be used.
The outside of the embedded pipes shall be protected by coatings.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 34 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Underground piping systems may use PVC or HDPE pipe where appropriate based on
design conditions. Buried steel pipe shall be coated and wrapped and cathodic protection
should be considered as required by the soil conditions. Carbon steel bolts for mechanical
joints shall be wrapped. Cast iron valves may be used for wastewater, potable water, and
fire protection only.
Lubricating oil piping shall be made of A53 (ASME) or equivalent material, with
Schedule 40 minimum pipe thickness or equivalent standard thickness. Pressure piping
shall be of seamless pipe. The pipeline from last filter on the generator oil supply
manifold to the generator group connecting point shall be made of stainless steel. The
control oil pipeline shall be stainless steel seamless pipe.
The cooling water and fire protection water piping shall be made of carbon steel.
The pipes used for acids or caustic solutions shall be made of anti-corrosive material. The
chlorine piping shall also be of anti-corrosive material.
Instrument compressed air piping shall be made of stainless steel. The joints of piping
shall be welded and, for thread-type joints, sealed weld shall be applied.
Demineralized water pipe shall be made of stainless steel.
Piping materials under special conditions shall be as follows:
 Sodium hydroxide — Stainless steel or semi transparent FRP
 Hydrochloric acid — Polyvinyl chloride pipe or FRP
 Other chemicals — Polyvinyl chloride pipe or FRP
The materials of the piping leading from drains, vents, and so on to the shutoff valve on
the main pipe shall be made of the same material as the main pipe.
Potable water piping shall be schedule 80 PVC pipe or HDPE and fittings with bronze
valves except for exterior piping in rack shall be schedule 80 A53 galvanized with 3000#
cadmium plated A105 threaded fittings. Potable water shall supply safety showers and
eye washes, which shall be furnished for the following locations:
 Battery room (s)
 Acid and caustic, ammonia or urea storage tank area(s)
 Chemical feed storage and metering area
All unwrapped and un-lagged pipes outside buildings which are subject to corrosion, in
addition to the normal design wall thickness, shall have an additional corrosion allowance
that is sufficient to ensure a minimum service life of 30 years and is, in any case, no less
than 2 mm. All other pipes shall have a suitable corrosion allowance for 30 years’ service
life.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 35 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Piping shall be so arranged as to provide clearance for the removal of any piece of
equipment requiring maintenance with a minimum dismantling of piping and for easy
access to valves and other piping accessories required for operation.
Overhead piping shall have a minimum vertical clearance of 7 feet 2 inches above
walkways and working areas and be of sufficient height above roadways to enable
removal of the largest/heaviest equipment from the Facility.
All pipe-work shall be fabricated with appropriate connections used for pressure gauges,
thermometers and any other corollary device as required by the plant design. Appropriate
connections for Performance Test instrumentation shall also be provided.
No pipe-work shall be run in trenches carrying electrical cables.
Maximum design velocity of fluids through piping shall take into account water hammer,
erosion, and pressure drop of fluid in the lines.
Double-wall piping with leak detection shall be provided for underground piping
containing hazardous chemicals.
6.6.2.
Pipe Velocities
The velocity of flow in pipes is not to exceed the following values unless otherwise
specifically mentioned:
ft/s
Water lines
General Service Piping including Drinking, fire fighting, raw and
10
Demineralized water lines
10
City Service piping
7
General pump suction lines
3
Air Lines:
Compressed air pipelines
80
Gas lines
Fuel gas supply lines (with insulation to reduce noise levels)
6.6.3.
170
Pipe Hangers and Supports
When located outdoors, corrosion-resistant variable and constant springs shall be
furnished that consist of all galvanized components except for the spring or coil, which
shall be neoprene coated. Rods, clevises, weldless eyenuts, and turnbuckles shall be
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 36 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
galvanized. All other hanger components may be painted per the requirements of section
on painting.
Piping that normally does not contain liquid and requiring hydro testing shall have pipe
hangers designed (lockable) to accommodate hydro testing.
6.7.
Valves
Valves shall be installed to meet valve manufacture’s recommendation. For example,
valve with vertical actuator shall not be installed with actuator in any other way but
vertical.
Nameplates on safety and relief valves shall indicate manufacturer’s name, model
number, size, set pressure, capacity, orifice size, materials, and approving authority stamp
symbol. Each safety and relief valve shall be supplied with a test certificate issued by the
approving authorities and shall be subject to the Purchaser’s approval.
All valves and valve actuators shall be accessible for operation and maintenance.
Block valves shall be provided at all equipment, except the air-side of rotor air coolers.
Valving and other accessories shall be positioned and physically spaced relative to other
equipment so as to allow convenient access for operation and maintenance. Crowding of
piping, components, and accessories shall be avoided.
Valves shall be arranged for convenient operation from an appropriate floor level or
platform and shall be provided with extension spindles or gearing, as required. Deviations
from this design criterion require Purchaser approval before design finalization. Where
extension spindles are fitted, all the thrust when opening or closing the valves shall be
taken directly on the valve body and all pedestals shall be mounted directly on floor
girders or other stationary members. Chain operators are not acceptable. Valves, valve
handwheels, and/or valve actuators shall not infringe on Purchaser-reserved spaces or
walkways. Valve pedestals shall be of approved design and be fitted with an indicator to
show whether the valve is open or closed.
All valves shall be arranged to close when the handwheel is rotated in a clockwise
direction when looking at the handwheel from the operating position. The direction of
rotation to close the valve shall be clearly marked on the face of each handwheel.
All steam and water valves operating at less than atmospheric pressure shall have
inverted Teflon stem packing.
Hand-actuated valves shall be operable by one person. Gear operators shall be provided
on manual valves when the rim pull required to open or close the valve is greater than
100 pounds.
Valve materials shall be suitable for operation at the maximum working pressure and
temperature of the piping to which they are connected. Steel valves shall have cast or
forged steel spindles. Seats and faces shall be of low friction, wear-resistant materials.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 37 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Valves in throttling service shall be selected with design characteristics and of materials
that will resist erosion of the valve seats when the valves are operated partly closed.
Valves with position stops that limit the travel of each valve in the open or closed
position shall have the stops located on the exterior of the valve body to provide clear
indication of full open and close positions.
In general, the valves specified shall be standardized to use the same valve type and
manufacturer to the extent possible.
Except where otherwise specified or approved, gate valves greater than 3 inches in
diameter in high pressure classes will be of the parallel slide type or flexible wedge type,
and, when in the fully open position, the bore will not be obstructed by any part of the
gate. The internal diameter of valve ends will be the same as the internal diameter of the
pipe. Gate valves in pressure classes 1500 and above, standard port size, will be used
whenever suitable. Gate valves in high pressure classes will have butt-welded joints
except where otherwise specified or approved.
Valves will not be installed in an inverted position.
6.7.1.
Drain and Vent Valves and Traps
Double valving shall be provided for drains and vents in Class 900 or higher piping
service.
Drain traps shall be complete with air cock and easing mechanism. Internal parts shall be
constructed from corrosion-resistant materials and be renewable. Trap bodies and covers
shall be cast or forged steel and be suitable for operating at the maximum working
pressure and temperature of the piping to which they are connected. Traps shall be piped
to the drain collection tank or to sumps, and condensate shall be returned to the cycle if
convenient.
Drain valves shall have cast or forged steel bodies with covers and glands of approved
construction. Spindles shall be of stainless steel, and materials shall be suitable for
operation at the maximum working pressure and temperature of the piping to which they
are connected.
Where valve seats are shrouded, the design of the shroud shall be such as to prevent
foreign matter from lodging in the valve seat.
6.7.2.
Low-Pressure Water Valves
Low-pressure water valves shall be butterfly type of steel or cast iron construction. Cast
iron valves will have cast iron bodies, covers, gates (discs), and bridges; the spindles,
seats, and faces will be bronze. Fire protection valves will be UL-approved butterfly
valves that meet NFPA requirements.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 38 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Low-pressure valves carrying liquids or gases at sub-atmospheric temperatures (e.g.,
carbon dioxide storage) will be designed to meet ASHRAE and applicable industry
requirements for refrigeration piping.
6.7.3.
Instrument Air Valves
Instrument air valves shall be ball type of bronze construction, with valve face and seat of
approved wear-resistant alloy. An isolation valve shall be provided at each branch point
from main headers.
6.7.4.
Non-Return Valves
Non-return valves shall be provided on the discharge of all centrifugal pumps (and other
pumps that allow backflow) to minimize manual operator actions during system filling, to
prevent system backflow/drainage following pump trip or shutdown, and to prevent
backflow from desuperheaters (where applicable). Check valves are not required for the
closed cooling water pumps. Purchaser approval is required for any deviations to this
requirement.
6.7.5.
Motor-Actuated Valves
In general, the Facility shall be designed to minimize the manual actions required by
plant personnel during startup, shutdown, and normal operation, and to conform to the
level of automation required for remote start-up and operation. . Seller shall review
system design with Purchaser during detailed design to assure this requirement is
satisfied. Air-operated valves may be used in lieu of motor-operated valves with prior
approval of Purchaser.
Motor-actuated valves will be fitted with both hand and motor operating gear. Motor
actuators will include torque switches to stop the motor automatically when the valve
gate has reached the "full open" or "full closed" position. The motor actuator will be
placed in a position relative to the valve such that there is no leakage of liquid, steam, or
corrosive gas from valve joints onto the motor or control equipment.
The hand and motor actuation mechanisms will be interlocked so that the hand
mechanism is disconnected before the motor is started.
Motor actuators will be provided with approved seating control consisting of a slipping
clutch or other torque limiting device that limits seating force to an acceptable level.
6.7.6.
Control Valves
Control valves in throttling service will generally be the globe-body cage type with body
materials, pressure rating, and valve trims suitable for the service involved. Other style
valve bodies (e.g., butterfly, eccentric disk) may also be used when suitable for the
intended service. Block valves shall be provided upstream and downstream of all
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 39 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
modulating control valves. Bypass valves shall be provided except where bypass valve
use is impractical or presents a potential safety hazard, as approved by Purchaser.
Control valve actuators shall be the pneumatic-spring diaphragm or piston type. The
actuator shall be sized to shut off against at least 110% of the maximum shutoff pressure.
Actuators shall be designed to function with instrument air pressure ranging from 60 to
125 psig.
All control valves shall be sized such that minimum specified flow results in at least 20%
stem lift, normal flow results in 75% stem lift, and maximum flow results in 90% stem
lift for equal % valves and 85% for linear valves. Parallel, split-range control valves may
be necessary to meet this requirement. The use of a manual bypass valve to meet this
requirement is unacceptable.
Valves shall be designed to fail in a safe position.
Control valve body size shall not be more than two sizes smaller than line size, unless the
smaller size is specifically reviewed for stresses in the piping and calculations are
provided to Purchaser for record purposes.
Where flanged valves are used, minimum flange rating shall be ANSI 300 class. Control
valves in 600 class service and below shall be flanged where economical.
Critical service valves shall be defined as ANSI 900 class and higher valves in sizes over
2 inches.
Severe service valves shall be defined as valves requiring anti-cavitation trim, low noise
trim, or flashing service, with differential pressures greater than 100 psig.
In general, control valves shall be specified for a noise level no greater than 90 dBA
when measured 3 feet downstream and 3 feet away from the pipe surface.
Valve actuators shall use positioners and the highest pressure, smallest size actuator.
Handwheels shall be furnished only on those valves that can be manually set and
controlled during system operation (to maintain Facility operation) and do not have
manual bypasses.
Control valve accessories, excluding controllers, shall be mounted on the valve actuator
unless severe vibration is expected.
Solenoid valves supplied with the control valves shall have Class H coils. The coil
enclosure shall normally be a minimum of NEMA 4 but be suitable for the area of
installation. Terminations will typically be by pigtail wires.
The DCS shall monitor both “Open” and “Closed” position switches for motor-operated
valves and pneumatic-operated control valves used for “On-Off” service. Position
switches will not typically be provided for control valves used for “throttling” service.
Where required, automatic combined recirculation flow control and check valves or
orifices (provided by the pump manufacturer) shall be used for pump minimum flow
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 40 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
recirculation control. Modulating or two-position automatic recirculation valves or
restriction orifices shall be used as applicable.
Body material and rating shall conform to piping specifications as a minimum.
In no case shall be valve body minimum rating be less than that permitted by piping
specifications.
Control valve body size shall be 1-inch minimum. Sizes such as 5-inch body shall not be
used. Body sizes smaller than 1 inch may be used for special applications with 3/4-inchand-under line size, and for pressure regulator services. Reduced ports shall be used as
required. Body size shall not be more than two pipe sizes smaller than the line. Valves for
on-off service shall normally be line size.
Valve type and size shall be selected taking into account such factors as cost, operating
and design conditions, fluid being handled, rangeability-required allowable leakage,
noise, and any other special requirements. For general services, the following types shall
be considered:
 Cage Guided Globe Valves with balanced or unbalanced type trim.
 Single seated globe valves may be either top and bottom or top guided.
 Eccentric Rotating Plug Valves of the throttling type.
 Ball Valves of the throttling type.
 Butterfly Valves with either conventional or shaped discs.
 Special Body Types may be considered for special applications such as slurry
handling, highly erosive or viscous streams, and noise control.
Characteristics of the inner valve shall be determined by the following system
characteristics:
 Equal Percentage Characteristics shall normally be used on loops that have large
variations in valve pressure drops, fast pressure control loops, and most flow control
loops. In processes where no guidelines are available, equal percentages shall be
used.
 Linear Characteristics shall normally be used for most level control, slow pressure
control loops, and loops where the measurement is linear and the variation in the
pressure drop across the control valve is small. Linear characteristics shall be used
for three-way valves and for two-way valves used in three-way service.
 Quick Opening Characteristics shall normally be used for off-on service and for
direct connected regulators using low lift.
Valve trim shall be stainless steel minimum, hardened for erosive service. Severe service
conditions may dictate consideration of other materials.
Guide bushings shall be of corrosion-resistant material. It is preferred that the guide
material be a minimum of 125 Brinell harder than the trim.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 41 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Packing glands shall be equipped with flange-style gland followers, secured by two bolts.
A lubricator with steel isolating valve shall be provided where packing lubrication is
required. Packing shall be Teflon below 450°F and Graphoil for temperatures of 450°F
and higher. No asbestos is permissible.
Extension bonnets shall be provided on throttling services above 450°F and below 0°F, or
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. On-off control valves shall use
high temperature packing in lieu of extension bonnets when practicable.
Piston actuators shall be furnished with pneumatic trip valve, volume tank, piping, and
necessary components to lock-in supply air pressure on loss of supply air pressure to
actuator to ensure proper failure position.
Split ranging of control valves shall be done electronically using independent DCS
outputs. Pneumatic split ranging is not allowed.
Positioners may be electric/pneumatic or smart type. Electric/pneumatic positioners shall
have two gauges and a smart type one.
Valve leakage class shall conform to ANSI B l6.104, “Control Valve Seat Leakage.”
6.7.7.
Safety and Relief Valves
Safety valves and relief valves shall be provided as required by code for pressure vessels,
heaters, and boilers. Safety and relief valves shall be flanged and installed vertically.
Piping systems that can be overpressurized by a higher pressure source shall also be
protected by pressure relief valves. Equipment or parts of equipment that can be
overpressurized by thermal expansion of the contained liquid shall be provided with
thermal relief valves.
6.7.8.
Instrument Root Valves
Instrument root valves and condensate pots shall be specified for operation at the working
pressure and temperature of the piping to which they are connected. Double valving will
be provided for instrument taps in Class 900 or higher service. Root valves for Class 600
and lower may be 1/2 inch. All other systems will have ¾-inch root valves.
6.7.9.
Float-Operated Valves
Float-operated valves shall be provided with small-bore float-operated pilot valves
connected into each system, where necessary, to eliminate water hammer. Floats shall be
arranged to operate in a baffle tank, designed to prevent a turbulent water surface around
the float.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 42 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.7.10.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
High-Pressure Valves
Steel valves will have cast or forged steel spindles. Seats and faces will be of low friction
and wear resistant.
Valves used for throttling service will be designated to prevent erosion of the valve seats
when the valves are operated in a partly open condition.
Valves over NPS 2 inches in size and rated in pressure Class 900 and above shall be
provided with pressure seal bonnets. Systems with pressure ratings of Class 900 or
greater shall use double valve for vents and drains to the atmosphere. Valves over NPS
2 inches in size and rated in pressure Class 600 and below shall be provided with bolted
or welded bonnets “T” pattern, or “Y” pattern bonnetless style design.
Valves under NPS 2 inches in size will be provided as follows:
 For Class 600 and under, use bolted bonnet.
 For Class 900 and over, use welded bonnet “T” pattern, or “Y” pattern bonnetless
style.
ANSI pressure Classes 900 and 1500 flexible wedge gate valves shall be specified with
pressure seal bonnet/cover joint, stellited integral or welded-in seat rings, lubricated
bearing yoke sleeve (NPS 6 and larger), bolted gland, and the disc provided with stellited
seating surfaces.
ANSI pressure Class 600 flexible wedge gate valves shall be provided with bolted gland
arrangement, integral or welded-in seat rings, provision for back seating, bolted-ring type
body/bonnet joint, and yoke drive sleeve with ball or needle bearings and booster station
as described above, except they will not include the bolted ring type body/bonnet joint.
6.8.
Insulation and Freeze Protection
All piping subject to freezing shall be freeze protected with electric heat tracing cable as
described in the Electrical section. Piping shall be insulated with mineral fiber per ASTM
C547, Class 2 for operating temperatures up to 500F and calcium silicate per ASTM
C533, Type 1 for higher operating temperatures. Insulation shall be covered with a
“stucco” embossed aluminum lagging per ASTM B209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14 (halfhard) with a thickness of 0.016 ±0.003 inches. The insulation and lagging system will
provide a cold face temperature of 140°F at an ambient air temperature of 95°F in still
air.
Anti-sweat insulation will be flexible elastomeric cellular insulation conforming to
ASTM C534.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 43 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.9.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Tanks
Large outdoor storage tanks shall be welded or seamless construction. Drains and other
design features shall be provided as required to prevent damage to the tank wall during
extended outages in subfreezing weather. Tanks shall be sized to provide the required
storage volume that accounts for freeze losses.
Demineralized water tanks shall be shop-coated internally with a fused-glass coating.
Coated tank material surface profiles shall be suitable for coating application, Coatings
shall extend completely under all gaskets, and special provisions shall be made at all
plate ends to prevent corrosion (e.g., use of stainless steel edge coat).
Nozzles on water tanks subject to freezing shall project into the tank by a distance
sufficient to permit continued operation with an ice layer on the inside of the tank wall.
Maintenance drains near the tank bottom shall be provided for complete tank drainage.
Containment systems shall be provided for all tanks containing potentially hazardous
liquids, including ammonia. Leak detection systems shall be provided, as required by
regulations or permits. All tank containment areas shall be furnished with drains and lowpoint sumps.
Manholes, where provided, shall be at least 24 inches in diameter. Ladders and cleanout
doors shall be provided on storage tanks as required to facilitate access/maintenance.
Provisions shall be included to allow proper tank ventilation during internal maintenance.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, tanks used for the storage of oil, raw water,
treated fresh water, and condensate shall be carbon-steel-plate stiffened and stayed in an
approved manner where necessary.
Pipe connections for tanks shall be made to welded pads or reinforced nozzles, the
thickness of which shall not be less than 1-1/2 times the diameter of the joint studs. Joint
stud holes shall not be drilled through the pads. Pipe connections shall be made with
studs and not cap bolts.
Tanks that are to be insulated and lagged shall be provided with external lugs where
necessary.
A corrosion allowance of 1/16 inch for carbon steel and low chrome alloys shall be used,
except for lined or internally coated tanks.
Overflow connections and lines shall be provided and be at least one pipe size larger than
the largest input line or combination of inputs that can discharge simultaneously.
6.10.
Heat Exchangers
Heat exchangers shall be provided as components of mechanical equipment packages and
may be shell-and-tube or plate type. Heat exchangers shall be designed in accordance
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 44 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
with Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association (TEMA) or manufacturer’s
standards. Fouling factors shall be specified in accordance with TEMA or HEI.
Thermal relief valves shall be provided for heat exchangers as required.
6.11.
Pressure Vessels
Pressure vessels shall be designed to ASME VIII standards and in accordance with state
and local requirements.
Pressure vessels shall include the following features and appurtenances:
 Process, vent, and drain connections for startup, operation, and maintenance
 Materials compatible with the fluid being handled
 A minimum of one manhole and one air ventilation opening (e.g., handhole) where
required for maintenance or cleaning access
 Shop-installed insulation clips spaced not greater than 18 inches on center for
vessels requiring insulation
 Relief valves in accordance with the applicable codes
 Vessel capacity consistent with design requirements of the system and not less than
required to absorb the maximum anticipated system transients.
Carbon steel tanks shall have a minimum corrosion allowance of 0.06250 inch. Where
practical, coated pressure vessels shall be avoided.
6.12.
Fuel Gas Supply System
The fuel gas supply system shall include natural gas filtering, compression equipment,
and pipeline to accommodate the complete operating range of the turbine(s) without
affecting the stable operation of the Facility. The fuel conditioning equipment shall
process the fuel to meet the OEM requirements for the fuel (including temperature and
pressure) to the equipment.
Fuel gas conditioning system shall include the following equipment:
 Electric motor-driven natural gas compressor(s) (if required). Each gas compressor
shall service 100% of one combustion turbine and include knock out drum, scrubber,
coalescent gas filter, and gas heaters that use waste heat or cycle heat source to
ensure that natural gas quality meets the requirements of the CTG supplier while
improving overall cycle efficiency
 One fuel gas drain tank
 Pressure regulating station
 Natural gas metering station with bypass
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 45 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Natural gas heaters (if needed)
The minimum fuel processing standards shall be as follows:
 Dry scrubber upstream of the compressors:

Filtration shall be 100% effective for particles 3 microns or larger at design flow
rate.

Outlet gas shall contain no more than 0.10 gallon of entrained liquid per million
standard cubic feet of gas.
 Clean up (coalescing filter) requirements and sizing (one set per combustion turbine)

Two coalescing filters shall be 100% effective for particles 0.3 microns or
larger

The two filters shall operate in parallel so that there is no need to shut down the
turbine while performing maintenance on one of the filters.

The coalescing filters can handle small slugs of liquids up to approximately
10 gallons.

Each filter shall be sized to handle the flow associated with the turbine operating
at full load.

Piping shall be carbon steel upstream of the filters and stainless steel
downstream of the filters to the combustion turbines.
If required by the manufacturer, the Seller shall furnish and install equipment necessary
to heat the fuel to a temperature acceptable to the combustion turbine manufacture using
suitable means within the restriction of the Facility’s Permit.
Wobbe index control shall be provided if, based on the historical fuel supply variations
and combustion turbine requirements, it is necessary to have stable operation including
prevention of plant tripping.
Seller shall supply individual fuel gas regulators and associated relief valves for the gas
consuming components if necessary to prevent exceeding the manufacturer’s maximum
allowable supply pressure to such components.
One gas compressor shall be dedicated to each combustion turbine. Gas compressor
piping shall enable the use of any gas compressor with any combustion turbine.
The gas compressors shall be provided with suction regulation and bypass, including
bypass cooler, and provided to meet the full range of operation for the combustion
turbine from minimum to maximum combustion turbine operation.
The fuel gas system shall be designed to supply the total combustion turbine load
demands under all ambient conditions. The design shall allow the ability to change out
filters and dryers online with no supply restrictions. In addition, the system shall be
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 46 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
designed to allow continued operation of a combustion turbine with either gas
compressor out for service.
Cathodic protection shall be provided on the gas pipeline to meet PG&E gas
interconnection requirements or AGA as applicable.
6.13.
Water Source and Treatment System
Adequate supply source shall be available to support year round plant at full load
operation.
Source water quality and temperature shall be within each application’s specified
requirements.
The makeup water treatment shall be fully automated, instrumented and be provided with
redundant pre-filtering system. The water source system shall include but not be limited
to pumps, piping, valves, and insulation. The cooling tower (if applicable) makeup water
system shall be designed for an instantaneous flow rate equivalent to the maximum water
requirements. All pumps shall be sized to maintain an adequate supply of cooling tower
makeup water (if applicable) and provide the water flow required by all other plant
systems.
The water source onsite storage tank shall be designed to store fire protection water in the
lower portion and water for the other systems in the upper portion. The tank shall be
sized for 8 hours of facility operation at full load (this does not include the water required
per NFPA requirements).
For fire protection, the tank is sized to meet NFPA requirements of two hours of storage
capacity for the worst case demand. The upper portion of the tank shall have sufficient
storage to meet raw water demand for a safe shutdown of the plant in the event of a loss
of off-site water supply. The tank shall be constructed of mild steel. Chlorine or other
suitable biocide shall be introduced into the tank on a periodic basis to control biological
growth. A recirculation system for the tank shall be provided to ensure adequate mixing
of the chlorine or other suitable biocide.
Adequate chemical storage shall be provided for 30 days of operation.
6.14.
Demineralized Water
The makeup water treatment system provides quality water for combustion turbine inlet
air evaporative cooling (water quality to meet OEM requirements) and any other
applications required higher quality water.
The demineralizer system shall be capable of providing a continuous rate equal to at least
the plant’s maximum daily consumptive water use (including allowance for regeneration)
when operating at maximum peak load. Demineralized water storage capacity shall be
sufficient to support a minimum two days of July peak plant service with 24 hours per
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 47 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
day combustion turbine(s) inlet evaporator cooling (if provided) and 16 hours per day of
power augmentation (if provided) including two start/stop cycles per day. One train of
demineralizers shall be considered not operating.
The system shall be fully automated system with critical controls, instrumentation and
alarms available both locally and in the control room (able to start, operate and stop
unmanned) and logged in the DCS.
All water treatment and regeneration equipment shall be fully enclosed and climate
controlled. Building shall be adequately sized and designed for ease of removal of large
equipment (including roll up doors, overhead crane, and trolley).
The makeup water treatment system shall consist of and not be limited to a water
treatment plant, a raw water tank, a filtered water tank, reverse osmosis (RO) unit, and a
demineralized water tank. The quality of the RO water and demineralized water produced
by the water treatment system must meet the equipment manufacture’s requirements and
EPRI’s recommendations for major equipment such as CTG.
Full redundancy of all chemical pumps and for raw water supply and final product outlet
shall be provided.
Chemical storage adequate to support 30 days of full capacity water production shall be
provided. All chemical equipment, instrumentation and piping shall be properly shielded
in accordance with OSHA requirements.
All pumps shall have suction/discharge flange and bolt connections.
The demineralizer piping arrangement shall be plumbed to allow for use of portable
demineralizers.
6.15.
Wastewater Treatment and Discharge
The wastewater treatment and discharge shall be designed to process and treat all waste
streams in accordance with approved discharge permit requirements.
Equipment drains and floor drains from the chemical feed and water treatment areas shall
be collected in chemical waste sumps, which shall be provided with sump pumps. A pH
monitor shall be provided in the sumps to monitor the sump water and alarm in the case
of a chemical spill.
Wastewater containing hydrocarbons shall be collected separately and treated in an API
oil/water separator system that discharges into the chemical waste sump. Areas of
potentially significant oil spillage shall be contained within a curbed area (Also refer to
the Civil section).
The Seller shall dispose of all wastes from initial chemical cleaning of the piping.
Disposal of these wastes shall be in accordance with applicable environmental
regulations. The Purchaser shall approve the subcontractor selected to transport and/or
dispose of these wastes.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 48 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Sewage and storm water collection and transfer facilities or treatment facilities shall be
provided if offsite services are not available.
Segregated collection systems shall be provided for oily and chemical wastewater
Neutralization and detoxification shall be provided for all chemicals containing
wastewater streams (e.g., demineralizer regeneration, chemical storage, acid cleaning,
combustion turbine washing, other wash water)
If “zero discharge” permitted, the specifications shall be reviewed and accepted by the
Purchaser.
 Vendor will provide two independent sources of waste processing heat.
 If “zero discharge” permitted, system will be adequately designed and automated to
minimize labor burden of plant staff.
 Related equipment designed to have capacity for at least 120% of maximum
expected operating requirements.
In addition, 100% redundancy shall be provided for all critical chemical treatment and
waste water processing pumps, motors and compressors.
Adequate chemical storage for 30 days of operation shall be provided.
6.16.
Sump Pumps
Duplex submersible sump pumps shall be furnished as required. The pumps shall be sized
for one pump to operate and the other pump to be spare. The pumps shall be equipped
with guide bars for removal and automatic discharge connections.
A control panel complete with auto/manual control, starters, level switches, etc., shall be
included. Both pumps shall operate at high-high level.
6.17.
Potable Water
Permanent potable water for personnel use, service/fire water supply, and supply to the
water treatment system will be from the [local water district. The Seller is to install all
potable water supply piping and accessories including all off-site work. The Seller’s
scope includes all tie-ins, metering, and piping necessary to bring the potable water to the
site. All applicable construction permits are by the Seller.]
The Facility potable water system shall consist of potable water generation and
distribution system equipment, including valves and backflow preventors as required.
The water distribution system shall be sized to deliver peak demand to each building at a
normal pressure of 40 psi and a maximum pressure of 80 psi. Minimum pipe size for
building service shall be ¾ inch.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 49 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.18.
Fire Protection System
6.18.1.
General
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The requirements for the design, manufacturing, testing, supply, and delivery of a
complete stand-alone fire protection and fire detection alarm and notification systems,
and related subsystems, sprinkler systems, fixed water spray systems, fire protection
water supply systems, clean agent extinguishing system, standpipe and hose station
connections, and hand held portable fire extinguisher, hereinafter referred to collectively
as the fire protection system.
Compliance with this Specification does not relieve the Seller of the responsibility of
designing, fabricating, and furnishing a system in accordance with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) requirements and recommendations, applicable State of
California Building and Fire Codes, Standards and Amendments, Federal and County
Codes, and the local authorities having jurisdiction.
The fire protection systems and related subsystems are intended as a life safety system
and equipment protection, and shall be designed and supplied consistent with that
objective.
The fire protection systems specified herein is intended for installation by Seller(s)
familiar with the design, manufacture, installation, testing and proper application of such
systems.
It is not the intent to specify all details of design and construction. The Seller shall
ensure that the equipment as been designed, fabricated, erected and tested in accordance
with all building and fire codes, standards, recommendations and governmental
regulations applicable to the specified services.
The fire protection system specified herein is intended to be operated by the power
station operating staff. As such, it is required that the systems be designed and supplied
so as to be "user-friendly" to the extent that the Power Plant employees can reasonably be
expected to operate them effectively under emergency conditions.
6.18.2.
Seller’s Responsibility
The Seller shall be responsible for the design and supply of fully operational fire
protection systems. The Seller shall be responsible for all material, labor, logistical and
technical resources, and coordination necessary for the complete execution of all
particulars of this Specification.
All work performed pursuant to this Specification shall be complete in every respect,
resulting in fully operational fire protection systems supplied entirely in accordance with
the applicable codes, standards, manufacturer's recommendations, product listings and
this Specification. All work which does not conform to these requirements shall be
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 50 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
subject to replacement, at the Purchaser's sole discretion, with work which does conform,
at the Seller's own expense.
The fire protection systems supplied shall be designed in a consistent manner throughout
the premises and all components shall be able to operate to meet all requisite functions in
a consistent manner, to the satisfaction of both the Purchaser and the Local Statutory
Authorities. It shall be the Seller’s responsibility to interface and receive approval from
the authorities having jurisdiction for the proposed fire protection system.
All design drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a State of California
Registered Professional Engineer currently practicing engineering in the State of
California. In addition to other submittals required by this Specification, the Seller shall
provide submittal packages for transmittal to the Local Authorities having Jurisdiction for
review, comments and approval of the various fire protection designs, equipment and
installations.
6.18.3.
Fire Protection Master Plan and Design Basis
The Seller shall be responsible for preparing a Fire Protection Master Plan and Design
Basis. This shall consist of as a minimum the following documents:
a.
Building and Fire Codes, and Life Safety Compliance Review Report
b.
Fire Risk Evaluation Report
c.
Hazardous Area Classification Evaluation
Building and Fire Codes, and Life Safety Compliance Review – The report shall identify
and address for each building, pre-engineered and/or pre-fabricated building, equipment
enclosure and/or structure, and outdoor process, equipment and storage areas at a
minimum the following:
a.
Applicable building and fire codes, standards, recommendations and amendments.
b.
Building classification, occupancy and permitted construction types.
c.
Building height and area limitations.
d.
Fire resistance requirements for floors, exterior and interior walls and structural
supports.
e.
Egress and exiting requirements.
f.
Detailed exit analysis and calculations. Prepare exit analysis drawings
documenting occupant loads, required exit widths, occupant load distribution and
travel distances.
g.
Combustible and flammable gases and liquids process equipment and storage fire
protection, quantity limitations, and storage requirements.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 51 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
h.
Accessibility requirements.
i.
Fire Department access and fire fighting facilities.
j.
Occupancy and area separation requirements.
k.
Fire alarm and detection systems.
l.
Sprinkler/Standpipe and fire hose station requirements (duration, flows, pressures
and densities).
m.
Fire protection water supply requirements.
n.
Emergency power and lighting requirements.
o.
Smoke control and ventilation requirements.
p.
Elevator Requirements
The Building and Fire Codes, and Life Safety Compliance Review shall be performed by
a State of California Fire Protection and Engineering (FPE) Firm experienced in the
preparation of fire protection master plans, building code reviews and reports and
exit/egress analysis calculations and diagrams.
Fire Risk Evaluation - A NFPA 850 fire risk evaluation shall be initiated as early in the
design process as practical to ensure that the fire prevention and fire protection
recommendations as described in this document have been evaluated in view of the plantspecific considerations regarding design, layout, and anticipated operating requirements.
The evaluation should result in a list of recommended fire prevention features to be
provided based on acceptable means for separation or control of common and special
hazards, the control or elimination of ignition sources, and the suppression of fires. The
fire risk evaluation should be approved by the owner prior to final drawings and
installation.
Hazardous Area Classification Evaluation - The basis for classification evaluation shall
be NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code [NEC]), NFPA 497, API 500, vendor information
and other standards, as applicable.
All three documents shall be submitted to the local statutory authorities and the Purchaser
for review, comment and approval.
6.18.4.
Codes, Standards and Recommendations
The fire protection systems shall be designed in accordance with the specified codes,
standards and recommendations, all applicable statutory requirements and amendments,
and the EPC Specifications.
The specified codes, standards and recommendations shall include:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 52 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Local Adopted Codes, Standards and Amendments
The local building and fire codes, standards, recommendations and amendments to be
used shall be determined during the Contractors Building and Fire Codes, and Life
Safety Compliance Review.

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes, Standards and
Recommendations
a.
NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
b.
NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.
c.
NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
d.
NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrants, and Hose
Systems.
e.
NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection.
f.
NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam Water
Spray systems.
g.
NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.
h.
NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection.
i.
NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
j.
NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based
Fire Protection Systems.
k.
NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
l.
NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines
and Gas Turbines.
m.
NFPA 50A, Standard for Gaseous Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites.
n.
NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code.
o.
NFPA 68, Guide for Venting of Deflagrations.
p.
NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.
q.
NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code.
r.
NFPA 85, Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazard Code
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 53 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.18.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
s.
NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems.
t.
NFPA 92B, Standard for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large
Spaces
u.
NFPA 101, Life Safety Code.
v.
NFPA 204, Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting.
w.
NFPA 214, Standard on Water Cooling Towers
x.
NFPA 221, Standard for FireWalls and Fire Barrier Walls.
y.
NFPA 291, Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking of
Hydrants.
z.
NFPA 497, Recommended Practice for the Classification of Flammable Liquids,
Gases, or Vapors and of Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical
Installations in Chemical Process Areas.
aa.
NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems.
bb.
NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems.
Other Codes and Standards
American Petroleum Institute (API) 500, Recommended practice for Classification of
Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I,
Division 1 and Division 2.
The following referenced document(s) provide recommendations for fire protection of
electric generating plants based on good industry practice and the applicable for the
project sections shall be used and implemented (should recommendations shall be
changed to “shall”).
a.
NFPA 850 – Recommended Practices for Fire Protection for Electric Generating
Plants and High Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations.
b.
Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) Document - EPRI NP-4144, Turbine
Generator Fire Protection by Sprinkler System, Project No. 1843-2, Final Report
1985.
The specified standards define minimum requirements only. They do not necessarily
include all requirements necessary to satisfy the applicable local statutes, as interpreted
by the Local Statutory Authorities, or the EPC Specifications.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 54 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Unless otherwise indicated, the issue of the specific code, standard or recommendations
in effect at the time of the “construction plan submittal to the Local Statutory
Authorities” shall apply.
The Contractor shall be subject to the interpretation of the Local Statutory Authorities as
final arbitrator of any disputes relative to the applicable statutory requirements.
Acceptance of the installed systems by the Local Statutory Authorities is required.
In the event of differences between the requirements of the applicable codes, referenced
standards and the EPC Specifications, the more stringent requirement(s) shall apply.
If there are conflicts between the applicable codes and standards and the EPC
Specification, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to immediately bring those conflicts to
the attention of the Owner for resolution, in writing.
6.18.6.
Materials, Equipment and System Components Listings and Approvals
All materials, equipment and system components furnished, shall be new and approved
by local statutory authorities (approved for use by the State of California Fire Marshal)
and listed by Underwriters Laboratory (UL /ULI) and/or approved by Factory Mutual
Research Corporation (FM) for their intended use. All equipment shall be designed and
installed in accordance with the applicable codes, standards and recommendations, the
manufacturer’s recommendations, and within the limitations of their UL listing and/or
FM approvals. The Contractor shall provide evidence of listing and/or approvals of all
equipment and combinations of equipment with his submittals.
All materials, equipment and system components for which UL listing categories exist
shall be ULI listed for the intended application.
All materials, equipment and system components for which UL listing and/or FM
approval is required shall be listed in the current edition of the UL or FM Fire Protection
Equipment Directories and shall be delivered to the project site with factory applied, UL
and/or FM stickers. Components, which do not meet these requirements, are not
acceptable.
Components for which UL listing, FM approval, and the State of California Fire Marshal
approval are "pending" are not acceptable.
All system components are subject to the approval of the Purchaser with regard to their
fitness for the intended application.
6.18.7.
Fire Protection Water Supply and Water Storage
The required fire protection water supply (fire flow and duration) shall be designed in
accordance with the applicable codes and standards.
The water supply for fire protection shall be provided directly from a dedicated supply in
a combination Factory Mutual Approved water storage tank. The fire water reserve will
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 55 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
be based on the minimum required fire protection water flow and flow duration. The
plant raw water interface at the storage tank will be located at a point above the
guaranteed fire water level based on the largest postulated fire flow per the Fire
Protection Master Plan and Design Basis and if the guaranteed fire water quantity can be
replaced in a 8 hour time interval as required by NFPA 22.
The tank shall be provided with:
6.18.8.
a.
Fire protection water low level supervisory alarms and low temperature
supervisory alarms both monitored by the plants fire detection and alarm system
per NFPA 22 and 72, and the DCS/PLC system.
b.
OSHA approved handrails, guardrails and ladders for inspection and maintenance
of the tank.
c.
A supplemental heating system to maintain the water temperature of the tank above
the required NFPA 22 requirements.
d.
A Factory Mutual (FM) Approval metal tag indicating that the tank is FM
Approved affixed to the exterior of the tank by the tank manufacture.
e.
Meeting the requirements as specified within other sections of the EPC
Specification.
Fire Pumps
The site shall be provided with two (2) Factory Mutual Approved fire pumps both located
within a fire pump house enclosure constructed of masonry construction. The fire pumps
shall be sized to meet the applicable code requirements and the largest postulated fire(s)
per the Risk Evaluation.
The types of fire pumps that shall be provided are as follows:
a.
One (1) 100% electric motor-driven centrifugal fire pump.
b.
One (1) 100% diesel engine-driven centrifugal fire pump.
One (1) pressure maintenance pump (jockey pump) shall be provided to maintain
pressure in the underground fire protection water main system and also will be located in
the fire pump house.
The fire pumps shall be separated by each other by a two (2) hour rated fire barrier wall.
The diesel engine driven fire pump shall be installed with a residential low noise type
muffler.
Each fire pump area shall be provided with:
a.
An automatic wet pipe sprinkler system.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 56 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
b.
Low temperature supervisory device per NFPA 72.
c.
Ventilation system.
All fire pump and sprinkler valves within each fire pump area shall be provided with a
valve supervisory (tamper) switch. The use of butterfly valves is prohibited.
The liquid fuel storage tank for the diesel engine driven fire pump shall be of double wall
construction with tank leak detection system. The tank shall be able to be refueled from
both outside the pump house (external fuel connection with tank level gauge) as well as
inside the pump house.
Terminals shall be provided on the controller for remote monitoring and annunciation
(individual) by the plant fire detection and alarm system for the following supervisory
alarm conditions of the following conditions:
a.
Engine running (separate signal).
b.
Controller selector switch in off or manual positions (separate signal).
c.
Trouble on the controller or engine (This includes critically low oil pressure, high
engine jacket coolant temperature, failure of engine to start, overspeed shutdown,
battery failure (Battery Set 1), battery failure (Battery Set 2), battery charger
failure, and low engine oil or engine jacket coolant temperature).
d.
Low fuel oil level in day tank.
e.
Day tank leak.
Terminals will be provided on the controller for remote monitoring and annunciation
(individual) by the plants fire detection and alarm system for the following supervisory
alarm conditions of the following conditions:
a.
Pump operating.
b.
Power loss (all phases supervised).
c.
Phase reversal.
d.
Phase failure.
The fire pumps shall be designed and installed such that either fire pump can be taken out
of service with out effecting the use and operability of the other fire pump and the
pressure maintenance pump.
The design, installation, and testing of the fire pumps shall be in compliance with the
requirements of NFPA 20, 70 and 72.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 57 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.18.9.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Underground Fire Protection Water Main System and Hydrants
The underground fire protection water main system and fire hydrants shall be arranged
around the structures, process areas including outdoor equipment throughout the power
plant and switchyard. The size of the loop piping shall be based on the calculated
maximum demand and the requirements of NFPA 24 and per the Risk Evaluation.
The underground fire protection water piping will be constructed of a combination of
cement lined ductile iron and Factory Mutual (FM) Approved high-density polyethylene
pipe (HDPE-Class 200).
The minimum underground fire protection water main pipe sizes are as follow:
a.
Underground loop – 10 inch for cement lined ductile iron and 12 inch for HDPE.
b.
Laterals to fire hydrants less than 25 feet on a dead end main - 6 inch for cement
lined ductile iron and 8 inch for HDPE.
c.
Laterals to fire hydrants 25 feet and greater on a dead end main - 8 inch for cement
lined ductile iron and 10 inch for HDPE.
Thrust blocks shall be provided for all underground fire protection pipes.
Exception: – Thrust blocks for HDPE pipe can be eliminated with written approval
submitted to the Purchaser for review by all the following:
a.
Factory Mutual Engineering and Research (FMRE). This document shall include
all special requirements by FMRE that need to be provided so that the thrust blocks
can be eliminated.
b.
Local Statutory Authorities
c.
HDPE manufacturer and supplier
The underground loop shall be connected to the stations fire pumps using two parallel
lateral underground water mains (primary and back up) with post indicator valves located
on both sides of the lateral and between both of them.
Gate (curb box) valves are provided for each yard hydrant to isolate it from the
underground loop for maintenance purposes, in the event of mechanical damage, and/or
line rupture. The underground loop shall be provided with post indicator valves (PIV’s)
to isolate sections so that not more than four (4) fire protection users (i.e. fire hydrants,
fixed fire suppression systems, stand pipes, etc.) are out of service due to a single line
break. The Seller shall verify if additional isolation controls are required per local code.
Laterals to buildings and outside equipment that have water based fire suppression
system shall be provided with outside isolation water control supply valves using PIV’s
(with valve supervisory (tamper) switches) to isolate the water supply.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 58 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.18.10.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Fire Hydrants
The distance between fire hydrants around the Power Island fire loop shall be a maximum
of 250 feet and hydrants shall not located within 40 feet of building structures as required
by NFPA 24. Additional hydrants shall be provided so that no exposure is more than 250
feet from the nearest hydrant so that a fire hose can be used.
The fire hydrants shall be provided with two hose connections and one fire pumper
suction connection.
The entire design and installation of the underground fire protection water supply main
system shall be in compliance with the requirements of NFPA 24 and 291, and the local
Statuary Authorities.
6.18.11.
Fire Protection and Detection System
The following fire protection and detection shall be provided:
Equipment, Area,
and/or Building
Fire Protection
Suppression System
Type
Detection or Actuation Devices
Buildings
Control Building
Class II hose stations
Manual pull stations located at each
located throughout the
exterior exit door
entire building, except in
the Control Room, battery
rooms and electrical
rooms.
Control Room
Double Interlock preaction sprinkler system
Smoke detectors at the ceiling level
and beneath all raised floors
Maintenance Shop
Automatic Wet Pipe
(includes Tools / Storage Sprinkler System
Room and beneath all
Mezzanine)
Warehouse (includes
Automatic Wet Pipe
Storage Room and above Sprinkler System
Interior Roof)
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 59 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Equipment, Area,
and/or Building
I & C Shop
Fire Protection
Suppression System
Type
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Detection or Actuation Devices
Automatic Wet Pipe
Sprinkler System
General Office Areas,
Automatic Wet Pipe
Corridors, File & Copy
Sprinkler System
Room(s), Conference
Room, Janitor and Storage
Room and Lunch Room
Both Women’s and Men’s Automatic Wet Pipe
Combination Wash
Sprinkler System
Rooms and Locker
Rooms
Telephone and
Communication Room
Automatic Wet Pipe
Sprinkler System
Operator Equipment and
Storage Room
Automatic Wet Pipe
Sprinkler System
Electrical Equipment
Rooms
Pre-action sprinkler
Spot type smoke detectors
System – Electric Release
Battery Rooms
Pre-action sprinkler
Smoke detectors at the ceiling.
System – Electric Release Note: If the room is classified per the
Fire Protection Master Plan and
Design Basis, explosion proof smoke
detectors are required.
Electronics Rooms
Pre-action sprinkler
Spot type smoke detectors, including
System – Electric Release beneath raised floors.
Gas Compressor
Building/Enclosure
None
Gas Detectors
Gas Processing and
Control Equipment
None
Gas Detectors
Combustion Turbine
Generators
Total flood gas (by
generator manufacturer)
Contractor to provide network
system. Main panel to annunciate all
alarm, troubles and supervised
conditions.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Spot type smoke detectors, including
beneath raised floors.
Page 60 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Equipment, Area,
and/or Building
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Fire Protection
Suppression System
Type
Detection or Actuation Devices
Each Combustion Turbine
Fuel Gas Conditioning
Skid
Spot type heat detectors.
Each Combustion
Turbine: CEMS
Enclosure.
Spot type photoelectric smoke
detectors.
Each Combustion
Turbine: Packaged
Electronic Control Center.
Spot type photoelectric smoke
detectors.
Transformers
Each Main Transformer
Automatic Water Spray
(Deluge) System. Dry
Pilot Sprinklers (Head)
looped around each Unit,
maximum of 10 ft on
center, and in accordance
with NFPA 72.
Each Reserve Aux
Transformer
Automatic Water Spray
(Deluge) System. Dry
Pilot Sprinklers (Head)
looped around each Unit,
maximum of 10 ft on
center, and in accordance
with NFPA 72.
Chem Feed Equipment
Enclosure
Manual pull stations at each exit
door. Spot type smoke detectors.
Demineralized water
pump enclosure
Manual pull stations at each exit
door. Spot type smoke detectors.
Water Treatment Building Automatic wet pipe
Manual pull stations at each exit
sprinkler system. Class II door.
hose station located
throughout the entire
building.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 61 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Equipment, Area,
and/or Building
Warehouse and Storage
Buildings.
Fire Protection
Suppression System
Type
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Detection or Actuation Devices
Automatic wet pipe
Manual pull stations at each exit
sprinkler system. Class II door.
hose station located
throughout the entire
building.
The specified required fire protection and fire detection outlined in the table above
defines minimum requirements only. The table may not include all requirements
necessary to satisfy the applicable local statutes, as required by the Local Statutory
Authorities, or the EPC Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing
all additional fire protection and fire detection as determined by the Fire Protection
Master Plan and Design Basis reviews and analyses.
All outdoor sprinkler system releasing valves subject to freezing shall be installed in a
heated weatherproof insulated enclosure. Each enclosure shall be provided with a low
temperature enclosure monitoring device monitored and annunciated by the fire alarm
control panel in the control room. Heats tracing and/or insulating sprinkler isolation and
control valves, releasing valves and sprinkler piping is prohibited.
All valves controlling and/or isolating water for fire protection use shall be provided with
valve supervisory (tamper) switches.
All sprinkler system releasing valves shall be externally re-settable without having to
remove the front inspection cover. Acceptable sprinkler equipment manufactures are
Viking and Grinnell.
All above ground sprinkler piping located outside shall be hot dipped galvanized steel.
All sprinkler hangers and rolled grooved fittings and couplings shall be galvanized.
Sprinkler pipe hangers for cooling tower sprinkler systems shall be stainless steel
including for dry – pilot piping.
The use of butterfly valves to control and/or isolation fire protection water is prohibited.
All valves controlling and/or isolating CO2 shall be provided with valve supervisory
(tamper) switches.
Each Class II and Class III fire hose station shall be provided with the following:
a.
One 1-1/2 inch adjustable pressure restricting angle valve.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 62 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
b.
One heavy duty FM approved hose reel, suitable for the specified fire hose.
c.
One hundred feet of FM approved 1-1/2 inch single polyester jacket,
synthetic rubber lined fire hose, with couplings and connections.
d.
One 1-1/2 inch fully adjustable hose nozzle rated for Class A or B fires.
Hose stations located near electrical equipment shall be provided with
nozzle rated for use on electrical fires.
e.
One 2-1/2 inch Fire Department Valve Connection
f.
Fire hose reel cover
A complement of 20-pound type, portable fire extinguishers rated for Class A, B, and C
fires shall be installed in accordance with local building code and NFPA 10. In addition,
portable CO2 extinguishers shall be located in areas containing sensitive electrical and
telecommunication equipment, such as the control room and the switchgear rooms. One
portable wheeled dry-chemical extinguisher will be located in the GT area to provide
extended manual suppression capability. Fire Extinguishers containing water or waterbased agent and Listed for Class C shall not be used.
6.19.
Fire Detection System
The Main Fire Protection Panel (MFPP), located in plant main control room, shall be
integrated fire detection, evacuation signaling and auxiliary function control system:
The system shall be of the multiplex type.
The system shall be capable of providing point identification addressable for each
individual fire and supervisory alarm-initiating device.
The system Central Processing Unit (CPU) shall have sufficient system expansion
capability to monitor at minimum 200 initiating device circuits/zones.
The sensors of the Fire Alarm Systems shall be addressable.
Acceptable Fire Alarm Equipment Manufactures:
a.
Notifier
b.
Edwards System Technology
The system shall be designed and equipped to receive, monitor and annunciate all signals
from fire and supervisory alarm initiating devices and circuits installed throughout the
site including combustion turbine and associated ancillary equipment fire suppression and
fire detection systems and equipment. The Seller shall provide remote stand alone fire
alarm panels through out the site networked to the MFPP such that failure of the MFPP
will not inhibit the operability of any fire protection system from automatically operating.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 63 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
A separate fire alarm control panel shall be provided in the control room to monitor and
annunciate all gas detectors.
The fire alarm system shall monitor and annunciate three distinct types of signals:
a.
Fire alarms, including signals initiated by manual fire alarm stations, smoke
detectors (confirmed signals only), heat detectors, and water flow discharge
pressure switches, induct smoke detectors, combustion turbine. Fire alarms
shall be audibly and visually annunciated at the Control Room MFPP and
shall initiate automatic evacuation signaling, remote signaling and auxiliary
control functions as specified.
b.
Supervisory signals, including signals initiated by sprinkler valve supervisory
switches, supervisory pressure switches, high system air pressure and low
system air pressure, low air, supervisory contacts associated with monitored
fire pump controllers, fire water storage tank level, temperature, common
trouble contacts of monitored subsystems, manual control switches for
auxiliary functions and status annunciation contacts for devices controlled by
the fire alarm system as auxiliary functions. Supervisory signals shall not
initiate automatic evacuation signaling or auxiliary control functions.
c.
Trouble conditions, including signals initiated by the system in response to
fault conditions detected in supervised circuits and/or components. Trouble
conditions shall be audibly and visually annunciated at the Control Room
MFPP. They shall not initiate automatic evacuation signaling or auxiliary
control functions.
Fire alarm and supervisory alarm initiation circuits shall be Style "A" or "B", as described
in NFPA.
Signaling line circuits shall be style "1" or "2" as described in NFPA.
Indicating device circuits shall be "Class B", supervised with end-of-line supervisory
components, capable of operating during a single ground condition.
All wiring required for proper system operation, except as specifically allowed herein,
shall be electrically supervised for opens and shorts to ground. Wiring faults on
supervised circuits shall initiate trouble conditions.
Trouble signals shall be indicated on the MFPP in the Control Room.
Evacuation signaling circuit trouble signals shall be indicated on the MFPP in the Control
Room.
Any single open or single ground condition on any non-addressable initiating device
circuit or non-addressable auxiliary function circuit, such as the circuits between
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 64 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
addressable monitor/control modules and their associated monitored/controlled device(s)
shall cause a trouble signal on their associated addressable circuit.
All control components shall be placement supervised such that removal of any module
shall cause a trouble signal on the MFPP in the Control Room.
All fire alarm control and releasing equipment, devices and wiring shall be protected
against electro-magnetic/radio frequency interference or induced voltages caused by AC
power circuits, electrical transformers, motors or switchgear, electronic equipment,
fluorescent lighting fixtures, hand held portable radios, cellular phones or other devices.
The system shall be designed and installed so as to be unaffected (with all control cabinet
face plates installed and in the open position) by the operation of hand held, portable
radios of up to 5 watts, or portable cellular telephones of up to 1 watt, within 12 inches of
any system component(s).
All circuits shall be segregated and/or shielded as necessary to eliminate audio and/or
electrical crosstalk between circuits. Where necessary, separate, isolated power supplies,
shielded equipment cabinets, or other appropriate means of eliminating
interference/crosstalk shall be provided.
Combination fire alarm tone horns and stroke lights shall be installed in pairs (one fire
and one stroke light) above each manual fire alarm station with additional devices
provided as necessary for optimum audibility and visibility.
Fire alarm bells, horns horn strobes, strobes, trouble horns, and chimes shall be installed
as determined by the Fire Protection Master Plan and Design Plan.
Horns and strobe lights shall be on separate circuits.
Fire detection warning horns separate from the Facility annunciator shall be stationed in
locations throughout the entire Facility. The warning horns shall be audible from any
location within the Facility boundary and shall continue to sound until silenced at the
central control panel.
Several rotating light or strobe beacons separate from those provided for the Facility
annunciator shall be stationed to allow visible indication of a fire condition from any
location within the Facility boundary. These beacons shall be clearly visible during
daylight or sundown hours.
To allow manual initiation of a fire alarm, manual pull stations shall be distributed
throughout the Facility. The manual pull stations shall be equipped with a dual action
releasing lever to reduce chances of accidental operation.
6.20.
Compressed Air System
The compressed air system shall consist of an instrument air and a station air system.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 65 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The instrument air system shall have adequate dryers and filters to meet OEM quality
specifications. Two 100% heatless dryers with two 100% filters shall supply dry (-40°F
dew point at 125 psig), oil free air for use by control systems and instrumentation.
Use of compressed air supplying the instrument air distribution header (via the instrument
air dryer) for such auxiliary functions as purge air (except for instruments) is
discouraged. Instrument air shall be provided in the Facility's instrument/maintenance
area.
The station air system shall be a separate compressor and distribution system which
provides air for maintenance tools and shall have valved access points at convenient
maintenance around the facility. The air shall be dry and clean.
Adequate instrument compressed air storage shall be provided to facilitate emergency
shutdown of the plant. The instrument air receiver and piping shall provide a minimum of
3 minutes of compressed instrument air (pressure above minimum instrument
requirement) for plant shutdown without instrument air compressor operation.
The major components of each of the Facility's compressed air system consist of the
following:
 Two 100% or three 50% instrument air compressors and connection for portable
compressor
 One service air compressor – identical to the instrument air compressor.
 One air receiver for each system
 Two 100% instrument air dryer and filters for oil removal. Ability to change out
compressed air dryer elements and filters on line with no plant curtailments
 Instrument air distribution header
 Station air distribution header
6.21.
Cranes, Hoists, and Trolleys
Maintenance of the combustion turbine and generators will be performed using mobile
construction cranes. During the design phase of the project and before any site
construction, the Seller shall provide written descriptions for all disassembly and
reassembly lifts required for all major scheduled inspections and overhauls of the turbines
and generators. This will include descriptions of the use and sizing of fixed and mobile
cranes. The Seller shall also provide models or drawings to demonstrate the ability to
avoid all fixed interferences while completing all required movements and lifts and the
ability of the specified mobile cranes to be driven to the required locations using only the
road surfaces and maintenance pads designed for maintenance crane loadings.
All equipment in the plant shall be provided with a convenient arrangement for slinging
or handling during overhaul.
Davits will be provided on (but not limited to) for the following:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 66 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Combustion turbine inlet filters
 CEM platform at the stack
Fixed cranes and hoists will be designed, manufactured, erected, and tested in accordance
with the specified standards and codes. All crane structures and associated lifting tackle
will be tested at lifting loads 25% in excess of the rating of the crane. Lifting cables will
have enough length to lift loads the entire height without intermediate stops to adjust
lifting tackle. Cranes and lifting tackle over 5 tons lifting capacity will be electrically
operated and controlled from floor level
Each item of lifting equipment will comply with the minimum requirements of the
applicable standards and codes with regard to:
 Identification markings
 Tests and inspection
 Quality/grade of material
 Dimensions
Brakes of an approved type will be fitted to the lift, hoist, and to the hoisting, traversing,
and dwelling motions of each crane. The brakes will be designed to operate automatically
on interruption of the electrical supply to the motors and to arrest and hold, at any
position, the greatest load carried by the motor. Brake design will minimize shock
loading during application of the brakes. Crane hoists will be equipped with an
independent manually operated brake, capable of holding the maximum load lifting
capability of the hoist.
A separately mounted “stop” push button (“E-Stop”) will be provided in such a position
as to be readily available for use by the operator. The emergency stop push button will
trip the main contactor.
Electrically operated hoists will be fitted with automatic self-sustaining brakes. Electrical
motors will be rated for at least 40 starts per hour.
6.22.
Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning
HVAC shall be provided for all buildings. The HVAC System shall heat, ventilate and/or
air-condition plant buildings and enclosures for personnel comfort, equipment
environment protection and/or freeze protection. HVAC System design generally shall
comply with ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards.
Electric heaters in air-conditioned areas and ventilated areas shall provide any necessary
space heating.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 67 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.22.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
System Function
HVAC systems shall maintain the environmental conditions in terms of space
temperature and humidity, air quality, and building pressurization in order to provide
efficient equipment operation and comfortable working conditions for personnel.
6.22.2.
Buildings and Enclosures
The following discussion applies to buildings, rooms, areas, and enclosures.
Due to the high ambient outdoor temperature conditions, maintenance of indoor
environmental conditions shall be accomplished with air conditioning system where
ventilation systems are normally used. Areas such as electrical switchgear rooms and
battery rooms shall be maintained at temperatures above those typical for air conditioned
environments, yet below temperatures equal to or in excess of the outdoor ambient design
temperature. Pre-filter and final filters shall be used for all areas that are either airconditioned or ventilated. Pre-filter efficiency shall be 30% and final filter efficiency
shall be 80% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 or approved equivalent international
standard.
Explosion resistant construction shall be used in all battery rooms where hydrogen may
be developed or released.
The fresh air intakes for the control room shall be elevated and separated by at least 3-5
feet vertically and 10-15 feet horizontally. Also, fresh air intakes shall not be located on
the same wall as any ventilation discharge from the battery rooms.
All ductwork shall be galvanized steel. The duct system shall include fire dampers,
balancing dampers, insulation, flexible connections, etc., and needed for a complete
system. Products shall meet NFPA 90A or approved equivalent international standard and
fire dampers shall meet UL 555 or approved equivalent international standard. No
products used in the duct construction shall exceed the maximum rating of 25 for flamespread and the rating of 50 for smoke-developed and fuel-contributed obscuration.
A ventilation system shall be provided in the water treatment area. In general, this shall
consist of powered roof or wall exhaust fans and sidewall manual intake louvers, as
determined by physical arrangement of the facility. All air supplied to ventilated areas
shall not be filtered, unless required for equipment protection.
6.22.3.
Air Conditioning System
A split packaged air conditioning system(s) shall be installed for rooms requiring air
conditioning including the main control room, offices, storage areas and battery room.
The system(s) shall provide constant volume air supply with a variable outside air supply
capability of 10% - 100% (economizer) to achieve energy conservation. When outdoor
air temperature and humidity conditions permit, the system will utilize outside air in lieu
of refrigerant for cooling. Each unit shall be provided with a compressor, evaporator coil,
detached air-cooled condenser, electric heating coil and a pre-filter and final filter. The
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 68 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
HVAC system will continuously operate the year round. For the control room, two 100%
capacity HVAC systems shall be provided, one operating, one as standby.
The HVAC split units for the air conditioning system shall include a mixing section with
fresh air, exhaust air, and return air dampers, filter section (including pre-filter and final
filter), electric pre-heating coil section, cooling coil section, and supply fan section and
return/exhaust fan section. The air conditioning system final filter shall meet the
requirements of 80% atmospheric dust spot efficiency based on ASHRAE Standard 52.1
or approved equivalent international standard.
Duct mounted electric reheat coils shall be provided for zone temperature control as well
as high humidity control.
Careful consideration shall be taken for locating outdoor air intakes and air-cooled
condensers away from prevailing wind direction and from airborne sand and dust.
6.22.4.
Battery Room Exhaust System
The exhaust system in the battery room shall be operated continuously to maintain
negative pressure and to avoid accumulation of hydrogen gas or leakage to neighboring
rooms. Ducted exhaust intake shall be directed upward to remove hydrogen accumulated
at ceiling and in beam pockets. Discharge air shall exceed the air supply by 15%. The
supply air for the battery room shall come from the air conditioning system.
Indoor air temperature shall be kept below 85°F. Exhaust air rate shall meet the
requirement of not less than ten volume air changes per hour. Two 50% capacity in-line
exhaust fans shall be provided.
Exhaust fans and motors shall be of explosion proof design.
6.22.5.
Design Parameters
Control Building HVAC system indoor design temperatures are summarized below:
Room
System Type
Indoor Environmental Conditions
Control and Maintenance
Building rooms, Offices/ I&C
maintenance/ CEMS
Enclosure
HVAC
75 ± 4°F, 50% RH
Battery room
HVAC
85 ± 5°F
Electrical switchgear,
switchyard control house
HVAC
As required
The indoor environmental conditions shall be met based upon the internal heat gain in the
room and outdoor ambient design conditions as listed.
Service
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Equipment Description
Page 69 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
6.22.6.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Control room/battery room
HVAC Split Packaged Unit 2 x 100%
Switchgear
HVAC split packaged Unit
Offices, I&C maintenance
room/ and CEMS Enclosure
HVAC Split Packaged Unit
Mechanical maintenance area
Wall/roof exhaust, louvers, dampers
Gas compressor building
Wall/roof exhaust, louvers, dampers
Electrical building
Supply fans, dampers, louvers
Fire pump enclosure
Supply fans, dampers, louvers
Mechanical building
Supply fans, dampers, louvers
Standards
The following standards or other international standards as approved by the Purchaser
shall be used in the design of the HVAC system.
 ASHRAE Handbooks (Latest Editions):
—
Fundamentals
—
HVAC Systems and Equipment
—
HVAC Applications
—
Refrigeration
 ASHRAE Standards:
—
52.1, Method of Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation
for Removing Particulate Matter
—
15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration
—
62, Ventilation for Indoor Air Quality
—
90.1, Energy Efficient Design of Buildings
 ANSI/ASME Standards:
—
ANSI/ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping
 SMACNA Standards:
 HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible
—
Round Industrial Duct Construction
—
Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards
 NFPA Standards:
—
90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 70 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
—
90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Condition Systems
—
204 - Smoke and Heat Venting
 IEC Standards:
—
529 - Degree of Protectors for Electrical Equipment
 ARI Standards:
—
410 - Forced Circulation Air-Cooling and Air Heating Coils
—
430 - Central Station Air Handling Units
 AMCA Standards:
7.
—
210-85 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating
—
500-89 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters
MAJOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
The plant shall be designed to run down safely to stop condition with no damage to
equipment in the event of loss of auxiliary power.
The plant electrical equipment and systems shall be designed to provide a safe,
coordinated, cost-effective, reliable, operable, and maintainable power generation and
delivery system. The scope of supply shall provide the necessary equipment for delivery
of the generated power and energy to the interface points, provide the necessary
equipment to support the plant auxiliary mechanical and electrical equipment, and
provide the protection and control features for the Project.
The major components of the plant electrical systems shall include the following:
 Synchronous generator, complete with excitation system and appurtenances
Generator and controls designed to be able to meet all WECC operating
requirements.
 Bulk hydrogen storage sufficiently sized for six generator purges and fills (if
hydrogen cooled generators are provided).
 Bulk carbon dioxide storage sufficiently sized for six generator purges (if hydrogen
cooled generators are provided).
 Generator step-up transformers (GSUs) for the turbine generators.
 Isolated phase bus duct or Non-segregated phase bus duct (Section 7.5) for the
turbine generators.
 Plant electrical auxiliary systems (AC and DC)
 Plant switchyard, operating at a voltage to be selected by the Seller, depending on
the existing transmission facilities in the vicinity of the location selected for the
Project
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 71 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Transmission line voltage and length to be selected by the Seller, as required, from
the plant to the nearest point of connection in the existing transmission system
7.1.
Frequency and Voltage Limits
7.1.1.
Frequency
In addition to WECC requirements, the facilities shall be capable of continuous operation
for the periods defined below.
7.1.2.
Frequency Range
Minimum Sustained Operation
58.8 to 61.2
Continuous
57.5 to 58.8
10 minutes
Voltage
The Project shall be designed to accommodate continuous operation of the units when the
transmission system voltage measured at the switchyard is between 5% of the rated
value, subject to reactive power flow level restrictions associated with the units.
Additionally, the plant shall be able to operate momentarily (up to 1 minute) for voltage
variations of +20% and -10%.
7.2.
Auxiliary Equipment
The plant associated auxiliary equipment shall be designed and constructed to comply
with the requirements described below.
 Control and protection equipment shall comply with the ANSI/IEEE and NEMA
standards with respect to permissible variations in frequency and voltage.
 The system shall be designed so that the steady state bus voltages shall be within
+5% of the nominal value, even though the auxiliary equipment shall be selected
with a broader range of operation.
 The voltage variation for the auxiliary equipment shall be in accordance
with ANSI/IEEE and NEMA standards. Auxiliary equipment shall be able to accept
voltage variations of 10% under steady-state conditions and of 20% under
conditions of disturbance.
7.3.
Synchronous Generator
The generators shall provide their nominal power output within the range of 5% of their
nominal voltage, at any operating point within a range of power factor of 0.9 lagging to
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 72 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
0.95 leading. The Seller shall provide information on the output capability of the
generators at other power factors outside of this range.
The electric generator associated with the turbine shall be of proven design with large
number of units in operation connected to a 60 hertz grid experiencing high reliability
record and comply with the ANSI/IEEE standards and their capacities shall match or
exceed the nominal output of the corresponding turbine throughout the whole range of
operating power factors and voltages specified below, over the full range of ambient
temperatures specified. The insulation of the generator stator and field windings shall be
non-hygroscopic, Class F type, complying with ANSI/IEEE standards, but having a rated
load operating temperature not exceeding that of Class B under any operating condition
within the specified output. The global vacuum pressure impregnation process shall not
be utilized for the insulation system. Coils shall be of the B stage type or VPI type
individually cured before insertion into the generator.
The generator shall be hydrogen cooled or totally enclosed water-to-air cooled
(TEWAC). The generator shall be provided with enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor
operation depending on the arrangement selected. . The cooling system shall be rated
such that load reduction of the turbine generator is not required even under extreme
ambient temperature conditions.
The quality of the generators and accessories shall be in accordance with International
Standardization Organization (ISO)-9001, EN 29001 or BS 5750 Part 1 and [other
equivalent international quality standards].
The generators shall be designed in accordance with IEEE standards C50.10 "General
Requirements for Synchronous Machines" and C50.13 "Cylindrical Rotor Synchronous
Generators” but hydrogen cooled generators shall meet all rated conditions with a
maximum cold gas temperature of 46 degrees C. The generators shall be capable of
operating under the frequency conditions specified above.
The continuous operating voltage range of a generator shall be of +5% at any load up to
full load. The operating power factor range shall be of 0.90 lag to 0.95 lead as a
minimum. The generators shall be able to provide full output at the lowest continuous
operating voltage and lowest power factor within the specified range.
The generator rotational speed shall be of 3,600 rpm and it shall be designed to support a
momentary overspeed arising from a full load rejection, without damage or abnormal
vibrations. Generator voltage shall be manufacturer’s standard.
7.3.1.
Construction of the Generator
The construction of the generator shall use proven, modern technology, so it will provide
reliable, trouble-free operation in accordance with the stated plant life expectancy. The
generator shall not be constructed using global VPI (vacuum pressure impregnation)
process. Closed air cooled or hydrogen cooled generator shall be supplied with automatic
purge system.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 73 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The stator core shall be built of thin, high permeability, low-loss, silicon steel segmental
punchings with a high interlaminar resistance, thereby reducing the losses caused by eddy
currents.
The stator windings shall consist of single-turn bars with their conductors transposed in
the slot area.
The rotor body shall be built from a solid block and machined to accept the rotor
windings whose ends must be held securely by 18 Mn -18 Cr alloy steel rings. After
assembly, the rotor shall be dynamically balanced.
7.3.2.
Accessories
The generators shall be provided with all required accessories for an efficient and
continuous operation within its whole range of operation, [including closed circuit waterair coolers if required,] bearing oil coolers, lubrication oil pump, RTDs for thermal
protection relays, CO2 fire protection system, and H2 detectors (if hydrogen-cooled
generators are supplied), etc. Current transformers for instruments and relays shall be
provided as needed for all the protection, metering and indication functions.
7.3.3.
Generator Neutral Grounding
Generator neutral grounding equipment shall consist of a single-phase, encapsulated dry
type distribution transformer with a secondary loading resistor. The resistor and the
distribution transformer shall provide high-resistance grounding to the generator system
to limit the magnitude of any ground fault current to approximately 10 A.
7.3.4.
Excitation Systems
The generators shall be provided with fast-acting high initial response excitation systems
of the rotating brushless type or of the potential-source-rectifier type. Brushless exciters
will be preferred. A crowbar system shall be provided to allow for negative current in
case of pole slip. Each excitation system shall have enough capacity to allow the
corresponding generator to operate at its maximum continuous operating voltage and at
the rated power factor under all ambient conditions. Ability to change out exciter brushes
on-line (if designed with brushes).
Potential-source-rectifier exciters, if supplied, shall be provided with a field circuit
breaker and discharge resistor having an inverse voltage characteristic.
The excitation system shall be provided with automatic and manual voltage regulators.
The automatic voltage regulator (AVR) shall maintain the terminal voltage of the
generator at the value set by the operator, with negligible drift, throughout the whole
operating range without instability and will comply with WECC requirements. The
manual regulator will be used for test purposes and as a back up in case of failure of the
AVR. An automatic follower shall be provided between the AVR and manual regulator
so that a bumpless transfer can be made between them.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 74 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The excitation system shall have the following features and functions:
 Minimum excitation limiter
 Maximum excitation limiter
 V/Hz limiter
 Reactive drop (line drop) compensation
 Cross current compensation
 Redundant power bridge and controls
 AVR failure detection with automatic changeover to the backup channel without the
need to trip the unit
 Internal electronics diagnosis and failure detection alarm and trip functions as
needed
 Power system stabilizer - PSS test report shall be prepared and submitted for CAISO
approval
All semiconductor components used in the excitation systems shall be conservatively
rated and protected from transient surges to ensure reliable operation and service.
Protections included in the excitation systems shall include: over-voltage, over-current,
fuse failures of the potential transformers, and power supply failure to the AVR as well as
thyristor and pulse failure functions in case of potential-source-rectifier exciters, if
supplied.
The excitation system shall operate in conjunction with the turbine starting equipment in
case that solid state starting equipment is supplied.
7.4.
Isolated Phase Bus Ducts, Non-Segregated Phase Bus Ducts, and
Generator Circuit Breakers
The connection between the generator and the GSU transformer bank shall be made via
isolated, phase bus ducts with a voltage rating similar or higher than the corresponding
generator terminal voltage.
Depending on the scheme selected to supply the auxiliary load of the plant, a generator
circuit breaker may also be provided between the GSU transformer bank and the
generator. In this case, the GSU and auxiliary transformers shall be energized at all times,
enabling the supply of the auxiliaries when the unit is not in service. A tap bus off the
main bus shall be provided to feed the primary winding of the unit auxiliary transformer
(UAT).
The isolated phase bus shall be fabricated with high conductivity aluminum or copper
and shall satisfy the requirements of IEEE C37.23-2003 “IEEE Standard for MetalEnclosed Bus.” It shall be of the continuous type in which the magnetic fields outside the
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 75 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
bus are reduced to a minimum value, with shorting plates at the ends of the buses and at
the equipment connections.
The continuous current capacity of the buses shall be adequate to carry the full output of
the unit at the lowest operating voltage (95%) and power factor, at all ambient
temperatures under direct solar radiation.
If non-segregated phase bus is used, the requirements shall be identical, except those
specific to that type of bus.
The momentary (peak) current and thermal (3 second) withstand capabilities of the buses
shall exceed the maximum generator contribution during the sub-transient period and
shall also exceed the maximum system contribution limited by the impedance of the
proposed transformer, at the maximum transient voltage of 120% of the rated value. It
shall also have an additional margin to absorb any increase in the system short circuit
level during the life of the plant. The capacities of the taps off the main bus shall exceed
the combined currents from the system and from the generator with the same margins.
The generator circuit breaker, if provided, shall have a capability similar to or higher than
those of the buses. The interrupting capacity shall be similar to the momentary capability
of the buses, at the maximum transient recovery voltage available.
The bus and/or generator breaker shall be provided with current transformers, voltage
transformers, and surge protection devices. Cubicles shall be provided for those devices.
See section on Generator bus for additional details.
7.5.
Plant Electrical Auxiliary Systems
The system shall be designed with the current technical equipment available and
generally accepted good engineering practices. The system shall be high resistance
grounded with ground indication. The facility shall be easily maintained and designed
with an emphasis on high availability, high reliability for continuous operation as a base
load station. The system shall be flexible to feed power to various buses within the
facility from alternate sources, as needed, when an equipment problem arises. Built-in
redundancies and duplicities in power feed arrangement within the plant power
distribution shall be included by providing double ended substations, battery back-ups,
and uninterruptible power supplies (UPS).
Transformers shall be delta connected, except for the main transformer (GrY/Δ) and
120/208 (GrY) transformers All transformers shall be selected from standard
commercially available kVA/MVA ratings for their nominal and force-cooled ratings.
The transformers for double-ended substations shall be fan-cooled, identical to each other
and shall be sized to support the loads as follows:
 During normal operation with the full-rated tie-breaker open, both transformers shall
support the individual loads on the respective buses they feed, leaving capacity
margins as specified below for future expansion and operate within the self-cooled
rating.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 76 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 During one source operation with one main breaker open and the full-rated tiebreaker closed, either transformer shall support the combined loads on both buses
without exceeding its highest fan cooled capacity, with a 10% spare ampacity
margin.
 The new facility shall have an individual transformer connected to an individual
generator. The plant auxiliary loads shall be divided in a logical fashion. Any
multiple units (2-100% pumps, fans, battery chargers, etc.) shall be fed power from
two different sources. The cables related to this type of redundancy shall be routed
in two different power and control trays to preclude common mode failures.
 The design of the system shall include capacity for future load additions by Plant.
After the Plant is fully operational, plant shall be left with the following spare
capacity minimum.
 Power transformers – 10% of highest fan cooled ampacity
 MV and LV Switchgear bus ampacity - 10%
 MV and LV Switchgear breakers – two (2) spare cubicles per bus with a minimum
of 1 CB of each frame size, per bus
 MCC bus – 20% ampacity
 MCC Units – spare units various ampacity with a minimum of 1 unit of each
size/type, for size 1 and 2 starters and CBs
 Lighting transformers – 20% ampacity
 Lighting panel bus ampacity – 20% ampacity
 Lighting panelboard breakers – 20% spare of various ampacity with a minimum of 1
CB of the highest rating, excluding main CBs
 Uninterruptible Power Supply – 20% ampacity
 UPS panel bus– 20% ampacity
 UPS breakers – 10% ampacity
 DC batteries - 1.2 Design Margin
 DC panel 20% ampacity
 DC breakers – 20% spare of various rating with a minimum of 1 CB of the highest
rating, excluding the main CB.
7.6.
Electrical System Design and Equipment Requirements
In general, the electrical systems and equipment described in this section shall, as a
minimum, comply with the applicable requirements of NFPA 70 (National Electric Code)
in areas where applicable, such as office buildings, and ANSI C2 (NESC), as well as the
applicable equipment standards published by ANSI, IEEE, NEMA, etc. Circuit breakers,
switchgear, and MCCs shall be UL approved.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 77 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
All Facility electrical equipment, including bus, breakers, transformers, motor control
centers, etc., shall be designed to withstand the maximum available fault current.
The Seller shall perform an EasyPower study on the electrical system, and shall provide
the study to the Purchaser. A preliminary study shall be done before any equipment
purchase. A final shall be done when complete data on furnished equipment is available.
During all operating conditions with all electrical power distribution equipment in service
(e.g. no tie breakers closed) other than during the starting of large motors, the voltage at
motor terminals shall be maintained between 90% and 110% of motor rated voltage.
Temporary voltage drops during motor starting shall not extend below [80]% of the
motor rated voltage at the terminals of the largest motor on the buses being started, and
non-starting motors on the same bus shall not have a bus voltage of less than 90% of
rated voltage.
All electrical ac auxiliary systems (medium & low voltage) must adequately mitigate arcflash hazards as addressed in NFPA-70E and meet the following minimal requirements:
 All breakers, bus, starters, and cables in medium and low voltage switchgear, MCCs,
switchboards, load centers, and panel boards must be able to have maintenance
performed solely in a de-energized state, without unacceptable impacts to the rest of
the plant (i.e. critical equipment must still be able to run)
 Systems shall be designed to limit max arc-flash hazard to 25 cals/cm2 @18 inches
from live part
 Breakers requiring racking, shall have remote racking devices
 Other devices/schemes such as maintenance switches and zone protection shall be
explored in addressing these hazards
Arc flash hazard calculations shall be made for all medium and low voltage ac electrical
systems down to the 120v level per PG&E calculation guidelines and labeled per PG&E
labeling standards.
7.7.
Automatic Generation Control Terminal
Breakers and MCCs shall be UL approved.
The DCS shall include an automatic generation control terminal (AGCT) or Remote
Intelligent Gateway (“RIG” as defined by the California ISO) which will support remote
dispatching of the Facility by the California ISO. Redundant MODBUS data-links
between the AGCT and plant DCS, and between the AGCT and the SCADA/EMS RTU
shall be provided. The AGCT must comply with the California ISO’s “Generation
Monitoring and Control Requirements for AGC/Regulation Units”, as found on their web
page at http://www.caiso.com/thegrid/operations/gcp/requirements.html. Additional
capabilities may be allowed, as approved by the California ISO.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 78 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Following is an example of an AGCT system description. The Facility shall include a
system that shall contain similar features. The Automatic Generation Control Terminal
(AGCT) shall be equipped as follows:
 1 Communications port – DNP 3.0 protocol
 1 Configuration and Maintenance Terminal
 1 V.32, 9600 baud (DNP 3.0 port)
 1 Remote programming port with the fastest available dial up modem (supervised by
SCADA signal to enable remote access capability)
 Analog Input Points, Solid State Multiplexors, and Precision Scaling Resistors (as
required)
 Analog Reference Power Supply (as required)
 Contact Input Points, MCD Status (as required)
 Analog Output Points, +/-1ma or 4-20 ma (as required)
 8-position Sliding Link Terminal Blocks (as required)
 Service and Maintenance manuals (for Purchaser’s use)
 Power Input 120VAC
 NEMA 1 Enclosure with Full Height Doors Front and Rear
 The AGCT also has the following additional requirements:
 Additional Communications Ports shall be provided to directly input Watt/Var hour
and Watt/Var instantaneous input information from all meters. This information
shall be relayed via modbus port to Plant control system.
 Two communication ports, one master, one slave, shall be provided for
communications with the Local Utility RTU.
 Two communication ports, one master, one slave, shall be provided for
communications with the Plant control system.
 Additional Communications Ports with modems as necessary for Utility or
California ISO requirements.
In general, the following signals shall be provided:
 MW, MVAR, MWh, MVARh, for each generator and for auxiliary power used.
 Substation Frequency and Voltage
 NOx emissions from each source
 Breaker status for each generator breaker
 Breaker status and alarms for all switchyard breakers
 MW , MVAR, and Line Voltage for each transmission line
 Total fuel flow, high side fuel pressure, fuel BTU content, and fuel specific gravity
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 79 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Voltage regulator status (automatic/manual) for each generator
 AGC high limit, AGC low limit, AGC plant load (total all generators), AGC in
remote
 AGC remote Demand
 Remote Programming enabled
Other analog and digital inputs and outputs may be required by the California ISO to
meet current standards.
Dedicated telecommunications circuits meeting the requirements of the California ISO
shall be installed to allow control and monitoring via the AGCT or RIG.
The Seller shall consult with Purchaser to assure the compatibility of the new AGCT
system with the requirements of the Dispatcher and/or SCADA/EMS.
Seller shall provide a CAISO certified Data Point Gateway (DPG) in accordance with the
requirements of Technical Standard “Monitoring and Communications Requirements For
Units Providing Only Energy and Supplemental Energy.”
Seller shall provide a CAISO certified revenue metering system. In accordance with the
requirements of Technical Standard
7.8.
Generator Bus
Each generator shall be connected by a pre installation tested copper (or tinned copper)
low flux design isophase bus, or segregated phase bus for generators less than 70 MVA
as described below.
Generator bus shall be provided between the generator and generator breaker, and the
generator and GSU for each turbine. A section of tap bus with removable link shall be
provided to connect each unit auxiliary transformer (UAT). The removable link shall
allow a UAT to be removed from service without permanently losing the CTG. A section
of tap bus shall also be provided, as required, for the generator excitation system.
Generator bus connections shall be arranged such that bends in the generator buses shall
be minimized, and overall bus lengths shall be as short as practicable
Each section of generator bus shall be self-cooled bus construction.
Bus space heaters shall be supplied on bus sections for condensation control. Expansion
joints shall be provided as required to accommodate thermal expansion of the bus.
7.9.
Neutral Grounding Equipment
Generator neutral grounding equipment shall be furnished with each generator bus.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 80 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.10.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
GSU Transformer Bank
The generator shall be connected to individual GSU transformer to increase the voltage
of the generated power and energy from the generator terminal voltage to the power
system transmission voltage. The transformer shall be designed to IEEE and ANSI
Standards and shall be rated with a capacity that allows full output of the total of the
individual units through the operating range of power factors and voltages at all ambient
temperatures at the facility site, but in no case at a power factor less than 0.9. The rated
capacity of the transformer shall be stated for a 65C average winding temperature rise
over 40C ambient. If the supply scheme for the plant auxiliary load is such that there is a
possibility that auxiliary power is not taken from the generator bus of a unit at any given
time, the capacity of the corresponding main step up transformer shall be selected to
allow delivery of the gross output of the unit to the power system under the conditions
specified above.
The GSU transformer bank shall be oil-filled and forced-air cooled designed for
generator step-up voltage operation according to the ANSI Standards C57.12.00. The
windings shall be made of electrolytic copper and the core shall be made with grainoriented high permeability low loss magnetic steel.
Online condition monitoring system (oil and gas analyzer) shall be supplied for each
main bank.
The rated voltage of the transformer bank shall be based on the generator voltage and the
transmission system voltage. The impedance of the transformer shall be the standard low
impedance design selected by the manufacturer but shall not impose a significant
restriction in the transfer of real or reactive power to the grid. The impulse test level and
power frequency withstand voltages shall be in accordance with ANSI Std. C57.12.00 for
the range of operating voltages.
Each transformer shall be mineral oil filled, conservator type, with a no-load tap changer
capable of operation from ground level, with visible indication of tap position, capable of
padlocking. Manual tap changers shall be provided with two (2) 2-1/2% taps above and
two (2) 2-1/2% below rated voltage. All tap positions shall be fully rated for the highest
transformer MVA rating.
Transformers shall have standard accessories including but not limited to fault pressure
relays, mechanical pressure relief devices, magnetic liquid level gauge with alarm
contacts, top oil temperature indicator with alarm contacts, winding temperature indicator
with alarm contacts and a combustible gas device. An on line condition monitoring
system shall be provided for the gas analyzer and top oil temperature devices. The
transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with ANSI, IEEE,
and NEMA standards.
Each transformer bank shall connect its generator to a switchyard bay. For all
transformers, losses should be minimized at full load operation. The oil inside the
transformer shall be isolated from the atmosphere by means of an elevated expansion
tank with an enclosed air cell. Transformer Basic Impulse Levels (BIL) shall be based on
column 1, Table 4 of IEEE Standard C57.12.00-2000 for Power Transformers.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 81 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The CTG main power transformer’s nameplate rating shall be 10% greater than the
maximum combustion turbine generator rating at the fan rating to allow for potential
upgrading of the CTG systems.
The oil filled transformers shall be installed such that they will not present a hazard to
any surrounding equipment in case of a fire, through the use of physical separation or
firewalls. If firewalls are required, adequate space to allow sufficient airflow for proper
transformer cooling shall be provided, and NFPA 850 shall be adhered to.
Surge arresters shall be supplied for each high-side bushing. Those arresters shall have
ground conductor brought to grade on insulators to facilitate monitoring of leakage
current. Surge arresters for main power transformers shall be station class rated and shall
coordinate with the BIL of the transformers.
7.10.1.
GSU Cooling System
Cooling equipment controls shall be arranged so that no single fault in the control
circuitry shall cause a loss of more than one half of the cooling system capability. The
transformer cooling equipment controls shall be arranged so that a single remote contact
shall shut down all fans, regardless of the mode of operation selected. Manual control
switches shall be provided in the control cabinet to allow testing and maintenance of the
cooling fans. Controls shall provide for changing the sequence of cooler groups.
7.10.2.
Generator Breakers
The generator circuit breakers, if provided, shall be SF6 breakers and designed,
manufactured, and tested in accordance with the latest standards of ANSI, particularly
ANSI C37.013, and NEMA.
7.11.
Unit Auxiliary Transformer
The Facility shall include two (2) factory tested unit auxiliary transformers as described
below:
The two individual unit auxiliary transformers shall supply power to station auxiliary
loads and both shall be directly connected to the generator bus. Each transformer shall
have a medium voltage secondary. The transformer high-voltage windings shall be
connected between the main transformer and the generator breaker through a tap in the
generator bus, while the secondary windings shall be connected to the medium voltage
switchgear through either non-segregated phase bus (NSPB) or cable bus and a main
breaker in the switchgear.
Each transformer shall be mineral oil-filled, outdoor type, with a no-load tap changer
capable of operation from ground level, with visible indication of tap position, capable of
padlocking. Tap changers shall be provided with two (2) 2-1/2% taps above and below
rated voltage. Transformers shall have standard accessories including but not limited to
fault pressure relays, mechanical pressure relief devices, magnetic liquid level gauge with
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 82 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
alarm contacts, top oil temperature indicator with alarm contacts, and winding
temperature indicator with alarm contacts, and combustible gas device. Transformers
shall be ONAN/ONAF/OFAF with the second stage of forced cooling to be for future
load capability. Temperature rise at full load capability of each stage shall be 65C
average winding temperature rise over 40C ambient.
The design shall provide two transformers so that the failure of one transformer will not
shutdown or limit the output of the station. Each transformer’s output will feed one bus
so if a unit auxiliary transformer fails, its bus will be automatically picked up the circuit
breaker that connects the two busses. The unit auxiliary transformers shall be accordingly
sized. Unit auxiliary transformer losses shall be minimized at full load operation. The oil
inside the transformer tank shall be isolated from the atmosphere by means of an elevated
expansion tank with an enclosed air cell.
7.12.
System Protection
The Facility shall incorporate the values required based on the Insulation Coordination
Study, equipment supplier recommendations, and the final design shall provide an
adequately protected safe and reliable system.
The protection design of the combustion turbine generators shall include, but not be
restricted to, the following:
 1 - Beckwith M-3420 Generator Protection System:
—
1 - Volts/Hertz, 24
—
1 - Undervoltage, 27
—
1 - Reverse Power, 32
—
1 - Loss of Field, 40
—
1 - Negative Sequence, 46
—
1 - Breaker Failure, 50BF (low-side generator breaker application)
—
1 - Inadvertent Energization, 50/27
—
1 - Voltage Controlled Overcurrent, 51V
—
1 - Overvoltage, 59
—
1 - Voltage Transformer Fuse Loss, 60FL
—
1 - Generator Ground (95%), 59GN
—
1 - Under/Overfrequency, 81
—
1 - Generator Differential, 87G
 1 - Beckwith M-3430 Generator Protection System:
—
1 - Backup Distance, 21
—
1 - Volts/Hertz, 24
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 83 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
—
1 - Undervoltage, 27
—
1 - Reverse Power, 32
—
1 - Loss of Field, 40
—
1 - Negative Sequence, 46
—
1 - Breaker Failure, 50BF (low-side generator breaker)
—
1 - Inadvertent Energization, 50/27
—
1 - Overvoltage, 59
—
1 - Voltage Transformer Fuse Loss, 60FL
—
1 - Generator Ground (100%), 59GN/27TN
—
1 - Under/Overfrequency, 81
—
1 - Generator Differential, 87G
In addition, the protection design shall include, but not be restricted to, the following:
 3 Lockout Relays, 86
 Power transformers (main step-up and Unit service)
—
Auxiliary transformer (isolated phase bus) ground detection
—
Transformer differential relay (87T)
—
Transformer neutral overcurrent relay (51TN)
—
Transformer phase overcurrent relays (51/50), other than main step-up
transformers
—
Transformer fault pressure relay (63)
—
Oil level switch (71Q)
—
Oil temperature (26Q)
—
Winding temperature (49)
—
3 Lockout relays (86)
 Medium and LV (load center) buses
—
Bus undervoltage relaying for alarm (4.16 kV bus only)
—
Incoming phase and ground time overcurrent (4.16 kV bus only)
—
Feeder phase timed and instantaneous overcurrent and ground overcurrent
—
Transformer neutral overcurrent
 4 kV motors starting motor
—
Phase overcurrent (instantaneous and timed)
—
Ground timed overcurrent
—
Undervoltage and loss of voltage (motor protector)
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 84 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
—
Stator overtemperature
—
Self-balancing primary differential overcurrent (induction motors greater than
1,500 hp)
—
Phase current unbalance (induction motors greater than 1,500 hp)
 460 V motors fed from MCC’s
—
Phase overcurrent (instantaneous and timed)
—
Ground timed overcurrent (motors 20 hp and above)
 Panels, transformers, heaters, and miscellaneous loads fed from MCC’s
7.12.1.
—
Phase overcurrent protection
—
Ground timed overcurrent (feeders 100 A and larger)].
Generator Protective Relaying
The following generator protective relays and protection schemes shall be provided:
 Phase fault protection, generator differential
 Ground fault protection during normal operation and for ground faults close to the
neutral
 Short reach loss of field with time delay and long reach loss of field
 Negative sequence
 Dual volts per Hertz with stepped activation
 Voltage balance
 Generator motoring protection
 Synchronism check
 Exciter and generator field ground fault protection
 Over excitation protection
 Transfer trip from switchyard or substation
 Stator over temperature protection
 Under voltage protection
 Generator breaker failure protection
 Lockout relay for generator breaker trip
 Start-up over current relay
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 85 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.12.2.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Generator Bus and Transformer Protective Relaying
Protection for the generator bus and main power transformers shall be provided by the
same relaying systems used to protect the generator against phase faults and ground faults
which include:
 Differential (87B)
 Neutral overvoltage (59N)
7.12.3.
Main Power Transformer Protective Relaying
At a minimum, the following main power transformer relays and protection schemes
shall be provided:
 Main power transformer, generator breaker, and generator bus zone differential
relaying
 Fault pressure relaying
 Mechanical fault pressure relief device
 Transformer differential relays, primary
7.12.4.
Auxiliary System Relaying
The auxiliary system shall be protected including by relaying as listed below:
 Unit auxiliary transformer shall be protected by a single 3-phase differential relay
 Unit auxiliary transformer shall be high-resistance grounded with ground indication
 Unit auxiliary transformer shall have instantaneous and over current protection, as
well as differential protection.
 Medium-voltage bus supply and tie breakers shall have over current relays, one per
phase
 Medium-voltage loads shall have zero sequence ground detection
 Medium-voltage loads shall have instantaneous and over current protection, one per
phase
 Manual bus transfer synch-check relaying.
7.12.5.
Major Interlocks
The major generator and transformer electrical equipment interlocks include:
 The generator breaker cannot be closed unless the excitation system breaker is
closed.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 86 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 The excitation system breaker cannot be tripped by control switch unless the
generator breaker is open.
 When both main power transformer high side breakers are open, neither can be
closed unless its respective generator breaker is open.
 When only one main power transformer breaker is closed it cannot be opened until
its respective generator breaker is opened.
7.12.6.
Lockout Relay Actions
One lockout relay shall be associated with generator protection only, and all trips
requiring the opening of the generator breaker and removing excitation shall operate this
lockout relay. The operation of this relay will not cause the trip of the combustion
turbine.
A second lockout relay shall be provided for the generator to clear the associated
substation breakers and shall transfer trip the generator protection lockout relay.
7.12.7.
Protective Relays
All protective relays shall be digital-type with industry standard communications port
provided with external targets to show relay operation to assist operator in determining
which relays have operated.
7.13.
Medium-Voltage Bus Duct
7.13.1.
Non-Segregated Phase Bus Duct/Cable Bus (as required)
Non-segregated phase bus shall be copper bus insulated with a thermosetting insulation.
The non-segregated phase bus duct shall be a self-cooled design. The bus shall be rated to
carry the maximum nameplate output of the equipment it serves + 10% continuously
under the maximum temperature rises specified by ANSI C37.20.
Vapor barriers or fire stops must be supplied at all building wall/floor entrances to
prevent the transfer of indoor and outdoor air as well as maintain the fire rating of any
penetrated walls or floor.
7.13.2.
Bus Ratings
Ampacity of buses shall be rated for the maximum operating conditions with an
additional ampacity margin of +10%.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 87 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.13.3.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Cable Bus Duct
Cable bus used in the between each unit auxiliary transformer and the medium-voltage
switchgear buses must be factory tested. All cable bus shall be preassembled at the
factory before shipment to ensure fit-up dimensions and shall come assembled (if
possible).
7.13.4.
Bus Ratings
Cable bus shall be sized for the maximum operating conditions with a margin of + 10%.
7.13.5.
Conductors
Conductors for the cable bus shall be copper and shall conform to the specifications for
medium voltage cable as indicated in this specification. They shall be arranged and
transposed periodically such that there is an equal sharing of current between the
conductors (and optimized for load balance).
7.13.6.
Medium-Voltage System
A medium-voltage auxiliary system shall be provided to feed motors and other
medium-voltage loads. This medium-voltage system shall distribute power to CTG
electrical auxiliaries (including the CT starting motors) during normal operation, startup,
and shutdown. The system shall consist of at least two (2) auxiliary transformers and two
switchgear lineups. The switchgear shall be located indoors or in pre-fabricated electrical
equipment enclosures complete with lighting, cooling, and heating.
7.13.6.1
System Configuration
The medium-voltage system shall consist of a medium-resistance grounded system
powered through a delta-wye auxiliary transformer. The medium-resistance grounded
system shall limit ground fault current to 400A.
The medium-voltage system provides power to motors and power center transformers.
Motor feeders shall utilize breakers or starters while transformer feeders shall utilize
breakers. Relay protection shall be as specified in Section 7.12.4 of this document.
Additionally, any motor loads shall input B phase current into the distributed control
system to monitor potential overload conditions and to alarm before the trip of the motor.
All medium-voltage relaying shall be multi-function. The devices shall be connected via
modbus to the plant DCS system for monitoring. All medium voltage breakers and
starters shall utilize 125-Vdc control power, and shall be designed to eliminate arc
flashing, personnel hazards in accordance with NFPA standards, and shall be designed &
located for safe operation, with proper identification, indicating lamps, mechanical
racking devices, etc. Lamps indicating breaker status shall also be located next to the
associated breaker control switch in the control room.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 88 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The design shall minimize the danger of arc flash and the requirement to use full body
PPE. An overall study of arc flash potential shall be delivered to the Purchaser and each
breaker shall be labeled with the arc flash rating and PPE supplied located in the vicinity
of the breaker.
Metering quality CTs and VTs shall be provided on the low side of the unit auxiliary
transformers connected to revenue quality four quadrant meters located in the protective
relay panel for eventual transmission of data to the California ISO via the AGCT or RIG.
Instrument transformers shall have an accuracy of 0.3% or better. Revenue meters shall
be ANSI C12.1 metering accuracy and shall be located so as to allow collection of data as
required by the California ISO.
7.13.6.2
Operational Requirements
The medium-voltage switchgear breakers and starters shall be metal-clad, draw out,
vacuum type, with a copper bus. Two-high switchgear is acceptable.
The use of “Smart Switchgear” (Switchgear with integral remote logic) is acceptable,
providing the switchgear supplier has demonstrated proven system suitable for
interconnection with the plants DCS system. If used for control and serial linked between
switchgear and plant’s DCS, this system requires redundant fiber optic data paths routed
through independent raceway minimizing single failure probability.
All medium-voltage switchgear breakers and starters shall be electrically operated
vacuum devices. Control of incoming medium voltage switchgear breakers, main and
reserve, shall be provided at the switchgear. Synchronizing requirements for the
incoming main and reserve breakers shall include a synchrocheck relay with dead bus
sensing capability. All breakers and starters shall typically be operated by remote control
from the DCS CRT console. The equipment shall be rated 5000 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz,
and operate at 4160 volts, nominal.
Ring-type current instrument transformers shall be furnished. The thermal and
mechanical ratings of the current transformers shall be coordinated with the circuit
breakers. Their accuracy rating shall be equal to or higher than ANSI standard
requirements. The standard location for the current transformers on the bus side and line
side of the breaker units shall be front accessible to permit adding or changing current
transformers without removing high-voltage insulation connections.
Voltage transformers and/or control power transformers up to 15-kVA, single-phase shall
be mounted in drawout drawers contained in an enclosed auxiliary compartment. Selfcontained extendible rails shall be provided for each drawer to permit easy inspection,
testing and fuse replacement. A mechanical interlock shall be provided for control power
transformers to require the secondary breaker to open before the drawer can be
withdrawn.
The Seller shall furnish one set of switchgear manufacturer accessories for test,
inspections, maintenance and operation.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 89 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Each unit of the switchgear shall be furnished with space heaters for humidity control to
prevent condensation of moisture within the switchgear.
7.14.
Low-Voltage System
The low-voltage auxiliary system shall distribute power to combustion turbine generator
low-voltage Facility electrical auxiliaries during normal operation, startup, and shutdown.
The main components are the power center transformers, 480V switchgear, and motor
control centers.
The ratings required shall be based on the Seller’s Insulation Coordination Study.
7.14.1.
System Configuration
The low-voltage system consists of a 480V system powered from power center
transformers. Each power center transformer is fed from the medium-voltage switchgear.
7.14.2.
Transformers
Transformers shall be 480 volts. The transformers shall be dry type, with fan cooling.
The impedance of the transformers shall be a standard value and shall be selected to
allow the use of commercially available power center breakers, molded case breakers,
and combination starters while limiting voltage drop on the bus during the starting of the
largest motor to 80% of the nominal bus voltage. The low-voltage system shall be
designed to avoid the need for current limiting reactors. The transformer shall have
standard two 2-1/2% above and below rated primary voltage taps.
7.15.
Switchgear
The switchgear buses shall be connected in a double-ended arrangement with a normally
open tie breaker.
Low-voltage switchgear shall have a copper bus. The low-voltage switchgear breakers
shall be electrically operated, draw out type. The switchgear will be located indoors or in
prefabricated electrical equipment enclosures. Control of incoming low-voltage
switchgear breakers and the bus tie breaker shall be provided at the switchgear. All 480V main and tie breakers shall typically be operated by remote control from the DCS CRT
console. All feeder breakers to MCCs and distribution panels shall also be electrically
operated. The protective system shall include a communication interface to the plant DCS
for system monitoring.
Ring type current transformers shall be furnished for instrument transformers. The
thermal and mechanical ratings of the current transformers shall be coordinated with the
circuit breakers. Their accuracy rating shall be equal or higher than ANSI standard
requirements. The standard location for the current transformers on the bus side and line
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 90 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
side of the breaker units shall be front accessible to permit adding or changing
transformers without removing high-voltage insulation connections.
The use of “Smart Switchgear” (Switchgear with integral remote logic) is acceptable,
providing the switchgear supplier has demonstrated a proven system suitable for
interconnection with the plant DCS system. If used for control and serial linked between
MCCs and plant DCS, this system requires redundant fiber optic data paths routed
through independent raceway minimizing single failure probability.
When power is required to two or more identical major equipment items on each
generating unit, the power to one of these items shall be supplied from the other bus.
Auxiliary equipment shall be fed from the same bus as its associated major equipment.
Cables to redundant services must be routed in separate raceway.
Each vertical section shall be furnished with space heaters to prevent condensation of
moisture within the switchgear.
7.16.
Motor Control Centers
Motor control centers (MCCs) shall be indoor, enclosed, dead-front, freestanding units.
All phase buses shall be insulated or isolated copper and shall be plated at all connection
points or joints. A silver or tin plated copper ground bus shall be provided, and shall
extend the full length of the MCC. MCC load feeders consist of a circuit breaker or the
combination of a circuit breaker, control power transformer and magnetic contactor.
Minimum starter size is Size 1. Circuit breakers shall be the molded case type. In
addition, each 480V combination starter shall be provided with a three-phase thermal bimetal overload relay. MCCs shall have a minimum short-circuit rating of 42,000 amps
symmetrical, and the short circuit value of the system shall be confirmed by calculation
in E-tap. Motor control center wiring shall be Class I, Type B, per NEMA ICS 2. 5%
spares shall be provided for each starter size used, with a minimum of one spare of each
size used per unit. A minimum of 20% spare terminal points shall be provided in each
starter. If smart MCCs are used, Class II Type C wiring shall be provided.
Motors connected to 480V power centers and MCCs shall be rated 460V. Motor operated
valves shall be fed from MCC starters if the FVR starters are not furnished with the
MOVs.
Any remote MCCs shall have NEMA 3R walk-in enclosures supplied with filtered
ventilation openings with fans, and space heaters.
Combination starters shall consist of magnetic-only circuit breakers and starters. Each
starter shall be furnished with individual fused and grounded control power transformer,
2NO and 2NC, plus seal-in auxiliary interlocks.
The use of “Smart MCCs” (MCCs with integral remote logic) is acceptable, providing the
switchgear supplier has demonstrated a proven system suitable for interconnection with
the plant DCS system. If used for control and serial linked between the MCC and the
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 91 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Plant DCS, this system requires redundant fiber optic data paths routed through
independent raceway minimizing single failure probability.
Space heaters shall be furnished at the bottom of each vertical section of all outdoor
motor control centers to prevent condensation of moisture within the enclosures.
7.16.1.
Operational Requirements
All 480V power center main or tie breakers shall be electrically operated air circuit
breakers. Manual control of incoming 480V switchgear breakers and the bus tie breaker
shall be provided locally. Low-voltage electrically operated breakers shall typically be
operated by remote control from the DCS CRT console.
Typically, when an MCC load is a component of a system, remote automatic control shall
be provided or control shall be available on a local control panel for that system. Also,
local control stations shall be provided at motors which are not controlled from the DCS;
e.g., sump pumps.
7.16.2.
Protection
Overcurrent protection for power center breakers shall be provided by direct-acting solidstate trip relays. At the MCC level, motor circuit protectors shall be used for motor
circuits, and non-motor feeder breakers shall be protected by thermal magnetic circuit
breakers. The thermal overload relays provided with MCC combination starters shall be
wired to trip.
7.17.
Alternate Power Source
An alternate power source external to the Facility and sourced from the local substantial
power source shall be provided for the essential service AC and DC systems. A meter
shall be provided to measure power usage. The alternate source shall be selected by the
operator if the standby generator does not start.
7.18.
Essential Service AC System
The essential-service AC system shall provide clean, 120V AC, single-phase, 60-hertz
power to essential control, instrumentation, and equipment loads that require
uninterruptible AC power.
The following items discussed below shall be included in the essential service system.
7.18.1.
Uninterruptible Power Supply
The Facility shall include one primary UPS system for the major plant control system.
The UPS system shall be supplied with 30% spare capacity above calculated
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 92 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
requirements. The output rating of the UPS system(s) shall be 120 V, single-phase, 0.8
lagging PF to 1.0 PF, at 40°C ambient. UPS will be a true AC-DC-AC conversion type
consisting of an inverter, with an alternate DC source supplied from the station service
batteries, a rectifier and a static transfer switch. The static transfer switch will be
connected to a second inverter as the alternate supply. Output of the UPS and the second
inverter will connect to a manual maintenance bypass switch to the instrument AC
panelboard.
7.18.2.
Rectifier
The rectifier shall be used to supply power to the static inverter. The voltage regulation
shall be less the ±1% from no load to full load with a ±10% variation in supply voltage.
The rectifier shall function as specified with a ±3% variation in supply voltage frequency.
In the event of rectifier failure, the first alternate transfer will be to the station battery
supply.
7.18.3.
Inverter
The inverter shall be of the ferro-resonant design.
The inverter voltage regulation (transient response) shall not exceed the following limits
under the range of conditions specified with loads of 0.8 lagging to 1.0 PF.
 For steady-state loads, ±2.0% from 0 to 100% full-rated load, 15 to 40°C ambient,
and 105 to 140V DC input.
 For sudden application or removal of 100% of full-rated load, the change in inverter
output voltage shall not exceed ±10% after 0.5 cycle and ±2.5% after 1 cycle
7.18.4.
Static Transfer Switch
The static switch shall be single-pole and double-throw. The switch shall be capable of
carrying the continuous, short time (overload) and short circuit specified for the UPS
system.
The switch shall be used for automatic transfer between the synchronized static inverter
and the alternate AC supply. When the normal power supply is lost, the static switch shall
transfer to the filtered, regulated, alternate supply within 0.25 cycle. The alternate supply
will directly feed redundant DCS power supplies.
A static switch continuity monitor and latch circuit to prevent the static switch from
returning to the inverter supply after an internal fault had developed shall be included.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 93 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.18.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Essential Service 120V AC Distribution Panelboard
One panelboard, 120V single-phase, two-wire, shall be furnished. Fast-acting circuit
breakers shall provide overcurrent protection without necessitating operation of the UPS
static transfer switch.
7.19.
Essential Service DC System
The essential-service DC system provides a reliable source of power for the essentialservice AC system and critical control and power functions during normal and emergency
Facility operating conditions. The DC systems shall be operated ungrounded except
through high resistance ground detectors and instruments.
A DC system shall be supplied for the switchyard independent of the station DC.
The station battery room shall be located indoors in a climate-controlled area to ensure
maximum battery life. Battery room floor shall be treated with an acid-resistant floor
sealant. Batteries shall be rated by industry standards on the basis of a nominal 24 hour
average temperature of 77°F. Class I, Division 1 vent fans exhausting outdoors shall be
provided to avoid a buildup of hydrogen and a Class I, Division 1 unit heater shall also be
provided. Curbed areas without drains shall be provided surrounding the battery cells for
the containment of acid spills in the event of a cell crack or rupture. An eye wash and
shower facility shall be provided for rinsing eyes and skin in the event of acid contact. A
monorail or other means shall be included in the design of the battery rooms to assist in
removing or replacing cells.
The following items discussed below shall be included in the essential service system.
7.19.1.
Batteries
The Facility shall include a minimum of two (2) 125-Vdc battery systems. One battery
shall supply the emergency oil pumps, station switchgears, station emergency lighting,
and all other dc requirements. The second battery shall support the uninterruptible power
supply (UPS) loads. The storage battery shall be provided with a heavy duty type battery
rack. The rack shall be arranged in steps so that none of the cells are directly above the
others. Battery racks shall have the appropriate UBC seismic rating.
Battery cells shall be the lead-acid type with pasted plate grids of lead-calcium alloy
contained in transparent plastic jars. The number of cells shall be 60 for 130V systems.
The minimum cell voltage at the end of the duty cycle shall not drop below 1.751
volts/cell so that the minimum battery terminal voltage does not drop below 105V.
Sealed, valve regulated batteries shall not be provided.
The duty cycle shall include a minimum of 60 minutes of power for the UPS system at
the inverter rating, the CT & ST manufacturer’s recommended time for DC motor loads,
4 hours of emergency lighting, and breaker operating power at the end of the 4-hour duty
cycle. In addition to the required duty cycle, batteries shall be sized to include a 25%
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 94 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
aging factor, a 20% design margin, and temperature correction factor based on expected
battery room temperature limits. Battery bank and charge system designed to support two
full load trips within a 3-hour duration. Batteries to have 20 year life.
7.19.2.
Battery Accessories
Two sets of the standard battery accessories shall be provided:
7.19.3.
Battery Chargers
The Facility shall include two 125-Vdc battery chargers for each battery system. These
two chargers feeding a battery system shall be powered from two separate sources of AC
power.
Each battery charger shall be sized to furnish 100% of the current required to recharge
the battery from discharge condition to the fully charged condition in 24 hours while
maintaining the continuous normal steady-state loads. The chargers shall be capable of
regulated and filtered voltage operation with the battery disconnected (battery eliminator
type), with a maximum ripple of 100 mV rms under these conditions. Battery chargers
shall have load sharing features and temperature compensation feature
The battery charger shall have a voltage regulation of ±0.5% from no load to full load
with a ±10% supply voltage variation. It shall operate properly over ±5% supply voltage
frequency variation. It shall be provided with an automatic load limiting feature that shall
limit the output current to 110% of its rated load without tripping the AC or DC breaker
or blowing fuses. It shall also be capable of picking up a discharged battery without
tripping.
The power supply for each charger shall be 480V, 60 Hz, three-phase.
The battery charger shall be designed to prevent the battery from discharging back into
the charger in case of AC power failure or other charger malfunction.
The battery charger shall be equipped with standard generating station accessories,
including undervoltage relays, ground detectors, overload protection, adjustable float and
equalize charger settings and timers.
Thermal magnetic circuit breakers of suitable current carrying and interrupting capacity
shall be used.
7.20.
Motors
All motors shall be designed for direct across the line starting and shall not exceed a class
B insulation system temperature rise as defined by ANSI C50.41. All motors 10 hp and
above shall be provided with motor spaceheaters. Motors shall be of the highest
efficiency available for the specified application. Motors shall be ANSI C50.41
compliant. All stator windings shall be copper.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 95 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.20.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
4000V Motors
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 96 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Type
Horizontal or vertical, single-speed, squirrel-cage,
induction.
Voltage rating, phase,
frequency
4,000 volt, three phase, 60 Hz.
Horsepower rating
1.15 Service factor motors, not less than 115% of the
brake horsepower required by the driven equipment
when operating at design conditions, and not less
than 100% of the brake horsepower required to
operate the driven equipment at its maximum
requirements.
Nameplate
Shall state the service factor and comply with ANSI
C50.41.
Enclosure
WPII for outdoor applications and ODP for indoor.
Class of insulation
Class ”F” vacuum pressure impregnated. Insulation
system shall be sealed in accordance with ANSI
C50.41.
Temperature rise of windings
(maximum by resistance)
In conformance with ANSI C50.41 standards for
Class B insulation with 1.15 service factors.
Bearings
Horizontal motors – split sleeve bearings of the oil
ring type. A sample drain line shall be provided for
obtaining bearing oil samples.
Vertical motors – Kingsbury thrust and ball guide.
Ambient temperature range
See this specification and utilize site specific
conditions.
Limitations on starts
In accordance with ANSI C50.41, a nameplate shall
designate the maximum permissible number of starts
and the required cooling period when motor is
started under conditions of (a) cold rotor and
(b) warm rotor (after running continuously at full load
for a period of one hour).
Locked rotor (starting) torque
at rated voltage and frequency
Not less than 80% of full-load torque.
Pullup and breakdown torques
The torque of the motor shall be 15% above the load
torque requirement throughout the entire speed
range at 85% of motor-rated voltage with 80% pullup
torque as a minimum.
Locked rotor current
Not to exceed 650% of full load.
Base
Soleplates are required.
Sight glasses
Sight glasses shall be furnished in place of oil cups
on all oil-filled bearings.
Preparation of storage
Motors shall be prepared for extended outdoor
storage by protecting the motor bearings with either
a protective grease covering or liquid preservative.
The motors shall be tagged to show that a
preservative has been used. The procedure to be
followed before motors are placed in operation shall
also be indicated on that tag.
Heaters
Heaters which total more than 1200 watts in capacity
shall be rated for 480 volt AC three-phase and
heaters totaling less than 1200 watts in capacity
shall be rated for 120 volt ac, single phase. They
shall be derated for extended life and shall be sized
Page 97
to prevent condensation at the ambient conditions
atof 187
specific site.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Grounding
Two copper ground pads, diagonally opposite side of
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.20.2.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Low-Voltage Motors
All motors 200 hp and smaller shall be:
Type
Horizontal or vertical as required, single-speed,
squirrel-cage induction, energy efficient, mill and
chemical duty type. Cast iron frames and copper
windings only.
Voltage rating, phase, frequency
460 volts, three-phase, 60 Hz, for all motors rated at
½ hp through 200 hp, 115 volts, single-phase, 60 Hz,
for all motor ½ hp and smaller.
Horsepower rating
The nameplate horsepower rating shall be equal to,
or greater than, the requirements of the driven
equipment when operating at design conditions and
motor shall be able to handle the maximum capability
of the driven equipment within their service factor
rating. This relation shall be provided for all operating
speeds and conditions.
Service factor
1.15
Ambient temperature range
Site specific ODP indoors.
Nameplate
Shall state the service factor and comply with NEMA
MG-1.
Enclosure
TEFC totally-enclosed, ventilation, and cooling as
applicable to the environment. Explosion-proof
motors shall be provided only where necessary to
meeting the hazardous location requirements.
Class of Insulation
Class F
Temperature rise of windings
(maximum by resistance)
In conformance with NEMA MG-1 standards for
Class B insulation.
Voltage rating, phase, frequency
Voltage rating, phase, frequency
Horsepower rating
Horsepower rating
Service factor
Service factor
Ambient temperature range
Ambient temperature range
Nameplate
Nameplate
Enclosure
Enclosure
Class of Insulation
Class of Insulation
Temperature rise of windings
Temperature rise of windings
(maximum by resistance)
(maximum by resistance)
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 98 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.21.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Standby Power Generator
The facility shall include one standby emergency power generator (fuel oil or natural gas)
with all necessary accessories and auxiliary equipment.
The standby generator shall consist of the following:
 One multicylinder, in-line or vee, stationary type liquid-cooled, diesel, engine driver
with a standby rating capable of powering loads required for the safe shutdown of
the unit in the event of loss of offsite power supply.
 The starting system, consisting of: heavy-duty electric driven cranking mechanism,
over-cranking protection, starting battery, engine-mounted generator for battery
charging, complete with voltage regulator, and starting battery trickle charger
 One generator output shall have a circuit breaker and electrical protective devices
 One automatic transfer switch with control and sensing devices
 The standby generator will be indoors or have a weather enclosure to protect the
equipment from the elements
The unit shall be capable of starting either manually or automatically either locally or
from the control room and in either case, closing to a dead bus.
Upon receiving a start signal, the unit shall be capable of starting automatically without
local attendance, reaching synchronous speed and rated voltage and frequency within 30
sec and be ready to accept load to its rated capacity.
During periodic tests, the unit shall be capable of starting on manual signal, accelerating
to synchronous speed and rated voltage within 30 sec., and then accepting loading using a
resistor load bank equivalent to approximately 100% of the unit kW rating.
During all loading conditions, the transient voltage drop at any sequence step shall be
limited such that the generator voltage is not less than [80] % of nominal voltage, and
frequency is not less than 95% of nominal. In addition, the voltage at the generator shall
recover to within 90% of nominal voltage and the frequency to within 98% of nominal
within 2 sec after each load application.
7.22.
Miscellaneous
7.22.1.
Communications Section
The communication system shall be protected from onsite and offsite radio and electrical
interference including use of two-way radios. Two-way radios and cell phones will be
used in the control room. The DCS and electrical components shall be provided taking
into account their use.
One telephone and one LAN communications shall be provided in each of the offices, file
room, kitchen area, lunch area, conference room, communications room control room
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 99 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
operator consoles, DCS room, I&C area; and maintenance area. A minimum of 8
additional phones shall be located strategically throughout the plant
Facility communications shall be comprised of voice/data/video systems. This includes a
plant wide paging system, gate and security cameras, gate card readers, internet and LAN
connections, emergency siren/horn, DCS communication, phone system and the
appropriate communications links between the generating plant and the California ISO
for revenue meter data and plant control/data via the AGCT/RIG. The Seller shall
design, install, test, and prove systems based on the current standards, codes, and industry
guidelines related to the V/D/V systems as listed, but not limited to the following:
 NEC including articles 640, 645, 725, 760, 770, 800, 830 and any other applicable
articles specific to the situation.
 NECA guide to low-voltage and limited energy systems.
 NFPA including NFPA 70, 72, 75, 101, 780
 NESC containing ANSI/IEEE C2, as they relate to single building systems and their
integration into the entire power plant building integration.
 ANSI/IEEE standards including 142-1991 or later, 1100-1999 or later and any other
applicable standards specific to the situation.
 ANSI/TIA/EIA standards including latest of 568A, 569A, 570A, 606, 607, 758, and
any other applicable standards specific to the situation.
 NEIS – National Electrical Installation Standards
7.22.2.
Security
The Seller shall furnish and install a security system as described below which includes
security requirements for gate, including signal raceway (video, intercom, card reader,
etc.), power, lighting, gate operators, and concrete pedestal for card reader.
A station security system shall be provided and shall conform to the requirements of the
Purchaser-supplied design criteria, including card reader access control, color low-light,
remotely-operable pan-tilt-zoom multi-camera closed-circuit TV, intercom system,
independent automatic gate control for Facility site and switchyard, perimeter detection
system for all fencing an d gates on the perimeter of the Facility site and switchyard, and
selectable frame rate video recording system. Sufficient cameras shall be provided to
allow view of entire site perimeter.
The Facility shall include moveable (remote actuated) security cameras around the
perimeter fence and entrance gate(s), which shall be connected to close-circuit TV
(CCTV) equipment for viewing in the central control room. In addition, a security camera
shall be placed for viewing the control room. The CCTV equipment shall be arranged to
view the complete plant site. The security cameras shall be remotely accessible from
Purchaser’s offsite general offices.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 100 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The security system shall include CCTV video matrix/switcher, and recording facility
shall be located in the central control room. The CCTV system shall be integrated with
the plant DCS alarm system.
An access control system shall be provided to integrate the security systems and to
provide remote access and control. The perimeter detection system output shall tied to
the access control system for notification of the activation of the detection system. The
CCTV system shall be tied to the detection system via outputs and inputs so that the
CCTV system will move the nearest camera(s) to the activated alarm zone. The access
control system shall record activity from the card readers and the relay inputs. The access
control system shall send notification to a remote central station via a dedicated
communication link to be provided by Buyer. The central station shall have the ability to
view the on site records of the access control system and the digital recorders live video
and stored images.
7.22.3.
Panelboards
Panelboards shall be UL-listed and conform to the latest issues of the National Electrical
Code and NEMA Panelboard Standard PB 1. Panelboards shall be rated for 480 Vac
Service or 120/208 Vac service. A minimum of 20% spare breakers shall be provided. A
completed directory card and frame shall be provided on the inside of the door.
7.22.4.
Grounding and Lightning Protection System
The Seller shall furnish and install the grounding system, which shall consist of bare,
stranded copper cable (if the soil permits) and copper weld rod buried in the soil and
spaced in a grid pattern sized as required for safe step-and-touch potentials. Each junction
of the grid shall be securely bonded together by an exothermic weld. The ground grid
pattern (size and number of ground rods or ground wells) shall be determined using soil
resistivities measured at the Facility site. A sufficient number of ground rods shall be
installed and welded exothermically to the grid to assure a low-resistance earth
connection. These rods shall be situated throughout the grounding system to minimize
voltage gradients that occur during faults.
All structures, conduit, cable tray and electrical equipment shall be grounded per the
NEC or applicable state and local standards.
The lightning protection system shall be designed, furnished, installed and tested in
accordance with the latest applicable NFPA Standard 780, ANSI/UL Standard 96A, and
any other applicable codes and standards.
Grounding and lightning calculations shall be provided to Purchaser
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 101 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.22.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Cathodic Protection System
The Facility shall include an impressed current cathodic protection system for all
underground metallic components. This system shall be completely isolated from the
electrical ground grid. A study survey and calculations shall be provided to the Purchaser.
The cathodic protection system shall be designed installed and tested in accordance to the
latest issue of NACE International, ICEA, NEMA, ANSI, and any applicable local or
national codes.
A cathodic protection survey is required before turnover to verify complete equipment
protection.
7.22.6.
Lighting Systems
The Facility lighting system shall provide illumination for Facility operation under
normal conditions, and emergency lighting to perform manual operations during outage
of the normal power source, and include all equipment specified herein.
The work shall be performed in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and
applicable local codes in a manner consistent with recognized good practice for power
station service.
Interior lighting shall be high power factor fluorescent, and color corrected high power
factor hp sodium, depending on the area.
Exterior and road lighting shall be high power factor color corrected high pressure
sodium.
Outdoor lighting shall be designed to minimize transmission of light beyond the plant
boundary through the use of directed lighting, guarded luminaries, etc. Lighting fixtures
shall be located and adjusted for the maximum useful light output. Accessibility for
maintenance shall be considered.
All indoor fixtures shall be controlled at the lighting panel/switches located at the
entrance areas. Photo-cells shall control outdoor lighting circuits and shall include bypass
switches.
Lighting panels shall be sized with a minimum of 20% future spare capacity. Lighting
panels shall be provided with a variation of spare breakers and blank spaces.
Circuits at the distribution panel shall be wired in such a manner that they are balanced
within ±15% between the phases.
For normal unit operation, the lighting system shall provide illumination in all facility
areas to the levels required by ANSI/IES RP-7.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 102 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.22.6.1
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Lighting Transformers
Transformers shall be sized as required for the connected and future loads, enclosed
three-phase, 60 Hz, self-cooled.
Lighting transformers shall be rated on the basis of full load of the lighting panel
including the future spares/spaces with a margin of +10%.
7.22.6.2
Receptacles
480-Vac, 3-phase, 60A welding receptacles with integral on/off switches shall be located,
as a minimum, at grade near both ends of each turbine, and in all remote equipment
locations and maintenance buildings, and shall not be located in classified areas.
120-Vac, single-phase convenience outlets shall be duplex, 15A, shall be, as a minimum,
located for convenient access in all buildings and control cubicles, and shall not be
located in classified areas. “GFCI” outlet ground fault interrupter type with watertight
covers are required for all outdoor convenience receptacles. In maintenance areas, 50
ampere and 20 ampere single-phase receptacles are required. In addition, 480-volt 3phase 100A, welding receptacles with integrated circuit breakers are required.
7.22.6.3
Emergency Lighting
Emergency exit signs shall operate continuously. Exit signs shall identify all exits and
shall be visible from all directions of the access route. Exit signs with an arrow indicating
the direction of travel shall be used as necessary to direct personnel to the nearest
appropriate exit. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in the exit route is more
than 100 feet from the nearest visible exit sign.
The emergency lighting systems primarily consists of lights fed directly from the 125Vdc station battery for control room, and electrical, and computer equipment room areas.
This system is supplemented by self contained battery pack units and emergency lights.
The self contained battery pack units shall be 4-hour rated with nickel cadmium cells.
Emergency lighting is required in all operating areas.
7.22.7.
Cable and Raceway Systems
Cable and raceway systems shall at a minimum meet regulatory requirements and the
following specifications.
5000 Volt Cable
Conductors
Copper, Class B stranded, annealed
Insulation material
Ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR), 133%
insulation level
Jacket for single or multiplexed cables
Per NEC and UL listed as type MV-90
suitable for use in cable tray
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 103 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Conductor shield
Extruded semi-conducting thermosetting
compound
Insulation shield
Extruded conducting thermosetting
compound
Metallic insulation shield
Nonmagnetic copper tape
Voltage
5000 volt
600 Volt Power Cable
Conductors
Copper, Class B stranded, annealed, with a
tin or lead-alloy coating, minimum No. 12
AWG
Insulation material
Ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR), 90C or
cross linked polyethylene (XLPE) rated 90C
Jacket for single conductor or multiplexed cables
Per NEC and UL listed as type TC
Voltage
600 volt
600 Volt Control Cable
Conductors
Copper, Class B stranded, annealed, with a
tin or lead-alloy coating, No. 14 AWG
Insulation material
Ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR) or cross
linked polyethylene (XLPE), rated 90oC
Jacket for multi conductor cables
Per NEC and UL listed as Type TC (No PVC)
Voltage
600 volt
Wire colors for multiconductor cables
NEC Table E-2
Instrument Cable
Conductors
Copper, stranded 18 AWG, minimum
Insulation material
90oC, fire retardant XLPE
>90C, TFW Teflon tape and Kapton tape
over the Teflon
Jacket over each twisted pair or triad
Per NEC and UL listed as Type PLTC (No
PVC) XX check on jacket material
Shield
Each pair individually shielded, overall shield
is 1.5 mil aluminum or copper-mylar laminate
tape
Copper Drain wire
One per shield
Voltage
300 volts
Thermocouple Cable
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 104 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Conductors
ANSI Type E, chromel-constant, or ANSI
Type K, chromel-alumel,18 AWG for single
pair, 22 AWG for multi-pair
Insulation material
<90C, fire retardant XLPE
>90C, TFW Teflon tape and Kapton tape
over the Teflon
Jacket overall
Per NEC and UL listed as Type PLTC (No
PVC)
Shield
Each pair individually shielded, overall shield
is aluminum or copper-mylar laminate tape
Voltage
300 volts
All of the above cable shall conform to, and equipment tests shall be conducted in
accordance with, the latest applicable standards of American National Standards Institute
(ANSI), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), the Insulated Cable Engineers Association
(ICEA), the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), and the National
Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), unless otherwise stated herein.
All cables shall meet or exceed flame test requirements of IEEE 1220.
All cable shall be “sunlight resistant” and for use in cable trays (“for CT use”).
Cable with PVC insulation is not allowed.
Instrumentation and thermocouple cable shall be twisted with a minimum twist frequency
of 3 inches, or 4 twists per foot.
Voltage transformer and current transformer leads shall be No. 10 AWG minimum.
All control and instrument leads for the external connections shall be brought out to
terminal blocks mounted in terminal boxes, control boards, or panel in an accessible
location, including all spare contacts.
Cable shall be identified with identification markers at both ends after cables have been
permanently routed, positioned and terminated.
Cable shall be installed in compliance with the cable manufacturer's recommendations on
minimum pulling temperatures and maximum pulling tension. All cable ends shall be
sealed from contamination during the pulling operation, and during storage on cable
reels.
A thermal calculation shall be performed and provided to the Purchaser where large
concentrations of power cables occur in the duct runs to insure the temperature do not
exceed the maximum cable temperature.
Splicing of cables in raceway shall not be allowed. The Seller shall receive approval from
Purchaser for any cable that needs to be spliced before the cable is pulled.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 105 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
A four-tray cable segregation system shall be furnished: Medium-voltage power, lowvoltage power, control, and instrumentation. Instrument tray shall be solid bottom while
other trays shall be ladder type.
The cable tray system shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in accordance with the
latest edition of NEMA Standard Publication No. VE-1 - Cable Tray Systems, load/span
class designation NEMA Class 12C. The maximum cable fill on cable trays shall be 40%
per the National Electrical Code. All cable trays shall be galvanized steel, except outdoor
trays shall be aluminum.
Flat cable tray covers shall be furnished and installed on all instrument tray, and on
power and control tray indoors where the tray passes under grating and on all outdoor
trays. Covers on power trays shall be raised covers.
Cable trays shall be identified before the installation of any cables. Cable trays shall be
identified in a distinct, permanent manner with identification numbers at reasonable
intervals in accordance with the Purchaser’s standards.
Wires shall not be run unprotected in the Facility. Wire not run in cable trays shall be run
in conduit. The proper size of all conduits shall be determined in accordance with the
National Electric Code (NEC).] All trays will be sized in accordance with the number of
cables and total fill area of cables that they contain in accordance with the National
Electric Code. Junction and pull boxes shall conform to UL Standard UL 50. Galvanized
coatings for steel boxes shall conform to ASTM A 525 designation G90 for dry locations
and G210 for wet and outdoor locations.
Power and control conduits with wall thickness suitable for use in concrete encased duct
banks will be used and supported by pre-fabricated spacers. PVC Schedule 40 conduit
may be used for underground duct runs.
All instrumentation and communication cables installed in underground duct banks shall
be routed in RGS conduits. Inner duct shall be provided with each run of fiber optic cable
over its entire length.
Concrete encased duct banks shall be reinforced under roadways and other areas to
withstand heavy equipment forces over the duct during construction and operations.
All duct banks have a minimum slope of 0.25% and arranged to drain toward manholes.
Manholes and handholes shall be placed at distances that facilitate cable pulling without
exceeding permissible cable pulling tensions and/or side wall pressures.
Conduits and duct banks shall be installed as required to complete the raceway system.
Duct banks shall use bends with large radius sweeps to minimize pulling tensions.
Adequate spare (20%) conduits shall be installed in duct banks for future use and each
duct run shall include a minimum of one RGS cell
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 106 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.23.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
General Wiring Requirements
Terminal blocks shall be rated 600 volt, 20 amps. A permanent marking strip, identified
in accordance with Seller’s wiring diagrams, shall be furnished on each terminal block.
At least 20% (two per 12-point terminal block) spare terminal points shall be furnished.
All control wiring internal to panels shall be 600V, Type SIS, No. 14 AWG minimum,
copper conductors with Class D stranding. Class K stranding shall be provided where
wiring is subject to flexing, such as across hinged panels.
All power wiring internal to panels shall be 600V, No. 12 AWG minimum. Power cable
#8 AWG and larger shall have copper conductors, with 90°C, heat, moisture, and flameresistant ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR) insulation and Hypalon jacket. The EPR
insulation shall meet the physical and electrical requirements for Type I insulation as
designated in ICEA S-68-516, Sections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2. Power cable internal to panels
which is #10 AWG or #12 AWG shall be Type SIS with copper conductors and Class D
stranding.
All wiring internal to panels shall be capable of passing the flame test requirements of
UL 44, Section 56.
Wiring shall be terminated using compression-type, ring-tongue terminals which firmly
grip the conductor. Both ends and at each terminating point of each wire shall be
uniquely identified with permanent, heat shrinkable wire markers.
Splicing of wiring is prohibited. No more than one wire plus one jumper shall be
connected to any one terminal point.
All 480V wiring shall be segregated from other control wiring and low voltage devices
by means of an insulated barrier.
Only one ground connection shall be provided for each instrument circuit. Ground
connection for shield wiring shall be nearest the power source.
All switchgear assemblies shall be furnished completely wired. With the exception of
control and AC power buses, all other alarm and control wiring for extension to remote
equipment or for interconnection between compartments shall terminate at terminal
blocks.
Wiring shall be neatly arranged and clamped securely to panels to prevent movement of
breaking. A maximum of 12 wires shall be in a bundle in order to facilitate tracing of
wires. Wiring clamps and supports at hinge transition points shall be properly sized to
prevent chafing of insulation when the cubicle door is opened and closed. Metal clamps
must have insulating inserts between the clamps and wiring. Nonmetallic clamps are
preferred.
All signal level cables installed in underground duct shall be in RGS conduits. There
shall be an independent raceway system for the telephone/communications system.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 107 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.24.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Protective Relay Panel Functional Requirements
The Protective Relay panel shall be located in a conditioned space and shall contain all
protective relaying not integral to the switchgears or the CTG protection cubicles.
7.25.
Workstations
PC-based workstations (DCS, CEMS, etc.) should reflect state of the art technology and
shall be furnished and installed with 100% redundancy for all operator and engineer work
stations and operator interface consoles.
7.26.
Testing and Checking of Electrical Equipment
Testing for each piece of equipment shall be conducted to ensure normal and safe
operation of the Facility. All tests shall be in accordance with applicable ANSI, IEEE,
and NEMA standards. Documentation shall be provided to Purchaser before facility
turnover showing completed testing and turnover of systems for operation.
7.27.
Embedded Work
All conduits embedded in floors, walls, foundations, duct, etc., shall be hot-dipped
galvanized rigid steel conduit, which shall conform to ANSI C80.1, “Rigid Steel
Conduit-Zinc Coated”. EMT can be used for indoor lighting circuits, in and out of walls,
but not in concrete.
7.28.
Freeze Protection
If applicable, the facility shall be designed to operate in freezing weather, to go through
periods of freezing weather while operating or shut down, without damage, and to
maintain any process chemical temperatures. Design ambient temperature for freeze
protection and temperature maintenance systems are shown in Appendix N3.
Freeze protection and temperature maintenance of pipes shall be provided and shall be
accomplished with straight runs of heat tracing cable attached and covered with Teflon or
other thermal insulating material. Heating cables shall be provided for all outdoor piping
smaller than 2 inch, tubing, gauges and instrumentation containing fluids subject to
freezing. Space heaters or heated enclosures shall be used for items where heating cables
and insulation is not practical. Heating and heat tracing required for process fluid
temperature regulation will be provided by the system equipment suppliers.
Freeze protection circuits shall be fed from dedicated freeze protection distribution panels
that are energized through thermostatically controlled contactors. The freeze protection
distribution panelboard, as well as the main breaker, contactor, auto-off-manual control
switch, control wiring, and indicating lights, shall be contained in an outdoor
weatherproof control panel enclosure. Temperature maintenance circuits shall have a
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 108 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
dedicated NEMA 4 panel containing main and branch circuit breakers, temperature
control components, and alarms contact outputs. All circuits shall be marked in
distribution panels to facilitate location of proper circuit in event of problems.
Additionally, P&IDs shall be marked to indicate the location of all individual freeze
protection circuits, the location of power feeds, the location of any splices or tees, and
any other features that will facilitate maintenance and testing of the system.
Electrical heat tracing system power shall be fed from switchboards to dedicated freeze
protection transformers which step the voltage down for distribution through the
dedicated circuit breaker panelboard. The voltage shall be maintained at + 10% of the
system rated voltage. Each distribution panelboard shall be provided with approximately
20% spare circuits for future expansion.
Freeze protection control circuits shall be designed to switch the entire panelboard on
when the temperature falls below 40°F and switch the entire panelboard off when the
temperature rises above 45°F. A circuit shall also be provided to alarm if the panelboard
is not energized for temperatures below 35°F and to alarm if the panelboard is energized
for temperatures above 50°F. Pilot light indicating the circuit is energized and an
ammeter showing circuit current shall be located at or near the heat trace distribution
panel.
Heat tracing cables shall be designed for operation at a nominal 120 volts ac, singlephase. Heat tracing cables shall be run parallel to the length of the pipe or line and shall
not be spiraled. Each run should provide indication that the cables are operating.
7.29.
Switchyard
7.29.1.
System Description and Scope
The design of the switchyard including equipment, structures, protective relaying, etc.
shall be in accordance with the facility requirements and good utility design practices.
The configuration of the switchyard shall be designed to support routine maintenance
activities such as main bank insulator washes and switchyard work.
The switchyard shall include all electrical equipment and supporting structures necessary
for interconnection into the CalISO system with no single contingency failure of the plant
interconnection facilities or the transmission system resulting in a total plant outage.
Major requirements for the switchyard are as follows:
7.29.2.
Circuit Breakers
It shall be a ring bus system of circuit breakers (Purchaser’s approval required) in the
switchyard. One and one-half breakers are required at each interconnection point to the
switchyard. The breakers shall be insulated with SF6 gas and shall be equipped for
outdoor installation.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 109 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Circuit breaker accessories including current transformers (CTs), auxiliary contacts,
space heaters, alarms etc. shall be furnished as required for the installation.
All circuit breakers shall include relaying accuracy CTs for the protective relay schemes
and metering accuracy CTs to be used for metering purposes. Metering accuracy CTs
shall be as defined below under “Metering”.
7.29.3.
Disconnect Switches
There shall be two manually operated disconnect switches in the ring bus for each circuit
breaker and one disconnect switch for each circuit entering or leaving the substation. The
manual switches shall be used for isolation of circuit breakers and incoming/outgoing
lines. The switches are not required to have load break capability. The switches shall be
group-operated. The switches shall have auxiliary contacts installed for remote status.
The configuration of the switches shall be arranged in a manner that maintains the
required air gap clearances in the open position. ANSI phase spacing shall be maintained
for all switches.
7.29.4.
System Protection
Each circuit entering/leaving the substation shall be furnished with appropriate protective
relaying. Lockout relays shall be furnished to accomplish all necessary interlocking.
Each of the circuit breakers shall be furnished with breaker failure schemes. Breakers
shall not be furnished with breaker reclose relays and schemes. Lockout relays shall be
furnished to accomplish all necessary interlocking.
A small control house shall be included for the switchyard protection relays, battery, and
chargers and shall have a conditioned environment.
Synchronizing of all the generators to the utility system is to be done across the MV
generator circuit breakers.
7.29.5.
Control
The circuit breakers shall be controlled from the plant control house. All circuit breaker
disconnect switches shall be manually operated. All circuit breakers shall have two
125-Vdc trip coils. One trip coil shall be powered from the plant 125-Vdc battery and the
other trip coil from the switchyard and battery.
7.29.6.
Power Metering
Revenue-quality metering systems shall be designed, installed and certified in accordance
with the latest conformed California Independent System Operator tariff as can be found
on their web site at //www.caiso.com/docs/2005/10/01/2005100114481329995.html. The
revenue metering systems shall be capable of collecting and processing real-time data
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 110 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
from the generating plant, and transmitting it to the California ISO’s Meter Data
Acquisition System (MDAS). The revenue-quality metering system shall consist of the
following, unless otherwise approved by the California ISO:

Voltage transformers shall be installed on each phase of each circuit leaving the
substation. Each voltage transformer shall meet the requirements of the
California ISO as specified in Section 10 of the tariff and the Metering Protocol
(including Appendices A-G).

Current transformers shall be installed on each phase of each circuit leaving the
substation. Each current transformer shall meet the requirements of the California
ISO as specified in Section 10 of the tariff and the Metering Protocol (including
Appendices A-G).
Polyphase solid-state revenue quality meters shall be installed to collect and process data,
and shall be capable of transmitting the data to the California ISO’s MDAS. Each meter
shall meet the requirements of the California ISO as specified in Section 10 of the tariff
and the Metering Protocol (including Appendices A-G and Appendix J). The quantities to
be collected and processed by the metering system are identified in the California ISO’s
tariff and Metering Protocols.
Alternatively, combination metering units containing potential and current elements may
be installed in place of separate voltage and current transformers on the high side of the
generator step-up transformers. The electrical, mechanical and accuracy characteristics of
combination metering units shall be the same as individual VTs and CTs.
7.29.7.
Non-Revenue Metering
Shorting-type terminal blocks will be provided to allow instruments to be removed without disrupting current transformer circuits.
The accuracy of the switchgear/panel type metering current transformers shall be in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE C37.20.1 for low voltage switchgear, and in accordance
with ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2 for medium voltage switchgear consistent with current
transformer ratio, burden, mechanical and thermal duty. The accuracy of voltage
transformers will be 1.2% or better.
The following indications will be provided on the DCS or on the turbine control/relay
panels or local panels:
Location of Indications
For Each Generator
Generator Meters/Transducers:
1 - Watt-hour Meter
Control Panel, DCS
1 - Watt Transducer
1 - Digital Monitor w/Serial Link DM1:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 111 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
1 - Generator Watt Output
DCS
1 - Generator Var Output
DCS
1 - Generator Power Factor Output
DCS
3 - Generator Current Output
DCS
3 - Generator Voltage Output
DCS
1 - Generator Frequency Output
DCS
1 - Digital Monitor w/Serial Link DM2:
3 - System Voltage Output
Control Panel, DCS
1 - System Frequency Output
Control Panel, DCS
1 - Digital Meter, DM4:
1 - Exciter Field Voltage
Relay Panel, DCS
1 - Exciter Field Current
Relay Panel, DCS
Automatic Synchronizer System:
Relay Panel
1 - Synchroscope and Lights
1 - Automatic Synchronizer, 25A
1 – Manual Synchronizer, 25M
Non-revenue metering at the High Voltage switchyard
Facility auxiliary power
Total real power usage of auxiliary loads (watts)
4.16 kV switchgear
Total reactive power usage of auxiliary loads (vars)
4.16 kV switchgear
The following for 4 kV and 480 V load center buses
Local indication
Bus voltage, all phases (switched)
Incoming current, all phases (switched)
Current through feeder breakers, one phase
Phase current for motor feeds, three-phase
480 V motor control centers
No metering provided
Common trouble alarm for the 125 V dc system.
DCS
The following for 120 V ac UPS system
Local indication
Inverter input volts and amperes
Inverter output amperes, voltage, and frequency
Inverter alarms
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 112 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Common trouble alarm for the UPS system.
7.29.8.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
DCS
Steel Structures
Galvanized steel structures shall be supplied to support switchyard electrical equipment
and to connect the units to the Switchyard as required. Structure loading shall be in
accordance with ASCE-7 and the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) loads as
appropriate. These structures are to conform to the local utility company requirements.
Clearances shall conform to the standard design clearances of the NESC.
Each main power transformer and utility tie connection shall be connected to the
switchyard by an overhead line and aluminum bus tube. These lines shall use bare ACSR,
AAC or ACSS conductors and shall run from the main power transformers to their
respective positions in the switchyard. Transformer termination structures shall be
supplied at both ends. Dead-end structures shall be furnished at each transformer position
and shall provide adequate clearance over the roadways within the plant. These structures
shall be designed to accommodate the full load of the line. The design loads of the line
shall be in accordance with the loading specified by the NESC for the site area.
7.29.9.
Miscellaneous
The Switchyard shall include all necessary miscellaneous commodities such as cable,
conduit, lighting, bus tube, fittings, insulators, surfacing etc., necessary for a complete
switchyard installation.
7.29.10.
Switchyard Grounding and Lightning Protection
The Facility switchyard grounding system shall meet the requirements of the latest
revision of IEEE Standard 80, Safety in Substation Grounding.
The switchyard ground grid shall consist of buried copper ground conductors [and ground
rods] connected in a grid configuration. The conductors shall be interconnected with an
exothermic welding process. The ground grid shall be connected to the facility grounding
system at multiple points. Connections to the transmission lines’ shield wires will be
confirmed upon an analysis of the ground grid.
The ground grid shall be sized to keep the calculated step and touch potential to safe
levels as defined by IEEE 80. The main conductors shall be sized for a maximum fault
current based on expected system conditions.
The Facility shall include lightning protection provided by shield wires and lightning
masts. The lightning protection shall conform to IEEE standards and/or industry practices
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 113 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
7.29.11.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Stability Study
The Seller shall perform a stability study to ensure that the generators are capable of
operating without damage during transient conditions in the switchyard.
8.
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
The instrumentation, control systems, UPS system, and electrical power circuits for
critical equipment shall be designed in such a way that no single control system,
instrument failure, controller failure, fuse, or circuit breaker shall interrupt the operation
of more than one piece of redundant equipment. The plant shall be designed to eliminate
common mode failures.
It is required that the number of different control systems be minimized as much as
possible. The intent is to simplify maintenance and operation of the plant control systems.
This should be considered when selecting the control system for Plant DCS and other
control systems. All control consoles (CTG and BOP) shall be of the same manufacturer
for the plant main control room.
The DCS and CTG control systems shall be provided with the following features
furnished by the supplier:
a. A remote control console/workstation for the CTG (one per CTG) to be mounted
in the plant main control room. This console shall provide all the functions of the
local control consoles for the CTGs. In addition, it shall be possible to perform
all necessary workstation functions (programming, graphic display changes, etc.)
from this console.
b. Two color printers to be mounted in the main control room. These printers shall
print all alarms, logs, historical data, graphic displays, etc.
c. The CTG control packages shall be serial linked to the Plant DCS. This link will
be used for data acquisition and monitoring of the CTGs. In addition, critical
control functions will be hardwired to the Plant DCS to allow critical functions to
be performed from the Plant DCS.
d. All transmitters and indicators shall be capable of being maintained while the
unit is on line and shall be provided with root valves. Root valves are required for
critical trip instrumentation. Double root valves shall be provided for high
pressure steam and water services.
e. Factory Acceptance Testing of the complete control package shall be performed
using Vendor's standard testing procedures. All software logics, hardware,
graphics, and alarming shall also be verified during the FAT. The tests shall be
performed before shipment. (Purchaser approval of control screens is required)
f. Triple redundant transmitters/switches shall be provided for critical
measurements or equipment trips. (# of DCS I/O points – extra I/O)
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 114 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The CTG and the DCS system power supplies shall be redundant to comply with the
single failure criteria.
Turbine stress monitoring shall be included in the CTG control systems.
Mechanical equipment on standby status shall automatically start upon a trip of the
operating equipment. All backup pumps shall automatically start to maintain Plant
production rates.
All instrumentation and systems shall be designed to provide safe and reliable operation
of each Unit in accordance with all applicable codes and standards.
Main and redundant process transmitter inputs shall be provided for critical control loops.
Inputs shall be brought into different I/O modules for integrity.
Current-to-pneumatic (I/P) converters will be used to provide the interface between the
electronic control signals and pneumatically actuated control valves. The converters will
be responsive to the basic control signals for the system and will have a 3-15 psi output.
Feedback from I/P converters mounted on control valves shall be sent to the DCS for
control system tuning purposes. Actual Line valve position feedback shall be from
position transmitters provided for split range control valve applications only, to provide
CRT indication for the operators.
The system shall be designed to require a minimum amount of operator action. The
control system shall include all necessary logic to change the operating mode for selector
stations safely under various operating conditions.
The system shall be designed to assure transfer from manual to automatic and vice versa
with no operator balancing or upset in the individual control loops.
All backup pumps should be able to auto-start from the DCS on primary pump trip, low
suction pressure and low discharge pressure, at a minimum.
The Seller shall keep a master set of the Contractor’s and vendor's wiring drawings; CTG
control system configuration, cabinet arrangement, and power distribution drawings;
instrument index; instrument and control valve data sheets; and P&IDs marked with all
as-started up changes. All as-started up changes shall be incorporated into the final
drawings, documents, etc., which are to be submitted to the Purchaser upon before
turnover of the project.
Plant control system shall be capable of day-ahead programming of key events (i.e.
turning over unit to CAISO remote dispatch). The Seller shall be fully responsible for the
interface design with the CASIO remote dispatch system.
The plant shall be operable from the control room by a single operator under all normal
conditions from minimum to full load. Startups and shutdowns may require an operator in
the field.
Automatic steam drain and sky vent valves controllable locally and/or from control room.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 115 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Distributed Control System
A microprocessor-based Distributed Control System (DCS) shall be provided for
controlling, monitoring, indication, alarm, and historical functions. CRTs located in the
main control room shall serve as the primary operator interface. This system will
monitor, alarm, and provide limited control of the combustion turbines. CTGs remote
CRTs shall be provided in the main control room for detailed controlling, alarming, and
monitoring of the combustion turbines. A MODBUS or Ethernet communication link for
data acquisition shall be provided between the turbine controls and the DCS for each
combustion turbine. Control functions between the DCS and turbine control systems shall
be via hardwired signals.
The DCS and the PLC shall be as manufactured by a reputable DCS and PLC supplier
with a proven track record in the power industry (approved by Purchaser).
Any normally operating auxiliary systems during normal startup and shutdown operation
of the Plant shall be controlled through the DCS. The DCS shall be capable of allowing
control and data to be passed between the ISO and the plant’s AGCT or RIG system.
The microprocessor-based DCS shall be complete with design, engineering, materials,
manufacture and assembly, optimization, documentation, testing, and field services.
The DCS shall include automatic control and monitoring of the startup, shutdown and
normal operation of the Plant systems through redundant Plant communication loops.
The DCS shall provide automatic and manual control of all major subsystems.
The Facility shall include a master clock system synchronized with satellite (GPS)
complete with antenna, accessories, and equipment. This master clock system shall
provide time synchronization signals for all control systems for the plant requiring time
synchronization.
8.1.1.
Performance Requirements
The system shall be properly protected from voltage surges that are normally experienced
in a power plant. Inputs, outputs, and other connections shall meet the surge withstand
requirements of ANSI C37.90a.
The devices shall have input to output isolation, shielding, separation of circuits, surge
suppression and other measures to meet these provisions.
The system shall operate satisfactorily without air-conditioning and with ambient
temperatures from 40F to 110F at a relative humidity of 20-95%, non-condensing.
8.1.2.
Functional Requirements
Remote I/O and logic cabinets may be used within the Plant. Redundant fiber-optic data
highways must be used and must be physically separated from each other and routed in
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 116 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
different raceway systems between the remote I/O and logic cabinets and the control
room operating consoles. All engineering functions must be able to be performed
remotely via an engineering console located in the control room equipment area.
The operating staff at the facility will be kept to a minimum. Therefore, a high level of
automation and reliability is required. Each system shall be capable of operating on full
automatic. Fail-in-place lock-up features upon loss of air or signal will be provided as
appropriate for the application. The DCS shall alarm all abnormal process and operating
conditions, system component failures, loss of air on critical control valves, etc., to
ensure safe and efficient operation of the Unit. Alarms shall also be provided to meet the
requirements of all applicable Fire Protection. The operator shall have the ability to tag
out equipment (fans, pumps, valves, dampers, etc.) from the CRTs for work performed by
maintenance personnel. When a piece of equipment is tagged out by the operator, the
operation of that device by the control system shall be inhibited in the system logic. The
graphics displays shall indicate when a device is tagged out.
8.1.3.
Console Design
The control system shall be designed to allow Plant operation by a minimum number of
operators. All Plant systems shall be operable from the main control room. The console
shall consist of but not limited to the following:
 Five DCS CRTs
 Five keyboards
 Sequence of events recording
 Combustion turbine control CRT (one per CTG) (with keyboards, printer[s], etc.)
8.1.4.
Hardware Requirements
The following paragraphs define the general requirements for the hardware and software
for the DCS and other microprocessor based control systems:
8.1.5.
DCS Partitioning
The DCS and CTG control systems shall be divided into subsystems. The number of
subsystems shall be agreed to by the Purchaser. The logic hardware for each subsystem
shall be independent from the other subsystems. Critical safety-related communications
between subsystems shall be through hardwired I/O. All other communication shall be by
data-highway. Redundant processors shall be provided for each subsystem and its control
I/O.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 117 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.1.6.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Power
Redundant power feeds shall be provided to the DCS, CTG, and control systems. The
primary feed shall be 120 VAC from the plant UPS. The secondary feed shall be from the
plant 125 V DC distribution system.
A failure of a power supply shall not affect system operation. Failure of any power
supply shall be alarmed on the CRTs on the main control room and Plant maintenance
personnel shall be capable of replacing power supplies with the system on-line. Modular
power supplies may be provided as a substitute for 100% power supplies provided they
are supplied on an N+2 configuration per cabinet. In addition, loss of any battery backup
power should be alarmed in the DCS.
8.1.7.
System Failure Protection
No single hardware or software failure shall affect normal control of the Plant.
System programs and configurations shall reside in nonvolatile memory. Any volatile
memory shall be easily re-installed.
System failures shall be alarmed and logged on a printer.
8.1.8.
DCS Communication Network
The Plant's DCS communication network shall consist of a single redundant datahighway loop, to which the DCS shall be connected. DCS shall be connected to the
redundant data-highway loops with redundant communication hardware. The
communication hardware shall have automatic loop transfer capability to provide
protection against a single loop failure. Loss of either data-highway loop shall be
alarmed. The data-highway shall permit all devices in each system to interface with one
another. No single equipment failure shall interrupt communications between
subsystems.
Individual points shall be scanned, system communications completed, and control signal
outputs updated at least once every 1/3 second. All data on CRT displays shall be updated
at least once every second. CRT graphics displays shall be fully displayed with all current
live data within 2 seconds after the request for the display has been initiated.
8.1.9.
Printers
The system shall include color graphics-capable quiet printers. Three printers and stands
are required. One printer shall be dedicated to alarms. Alarms shall be printed in red.
Cleared alarms shall be printed in black. The other printer shall be for logs and graphics
displays printing.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 118 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.1.10.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Computing Hardware and System I/O
Redundant process equipment (pumps, fans, etc.) shall have its control located on
different I/O cards. Process status data from an individual piece of equipment shall be
wired to the same input card, except for signals from redundant transmitters, which shall
be wired to different input cards.
The meaning of “contact” within the scope of this document shall be an electromechanical relay contact, or a solid state switch, such as a triac, transistor,
semiconducting rectifier, etc. Contact ratings shall be compatible with the controlled
loads.
Each subsystem shall be shipped with a minimum of [10]% spare I/O installed. This I/O
shall be wired out to terminals. The loading of all system controllers shall not exceed
60%.
Sufficient spare rack and cabinet space shall be available at shipment to expand the logic
capacity and I/O capacity of each subsystem by at least 10% by adding the appropriate
modules and equipment.
8.1.11.
System Cabinets
Cable entry into system cabinets shall be through the top or bottom. Cable supports shall
be provided in each cabinet. Cables shall not block access to any cabinet hardware for
equipment inspection, maintenance, or removal and replacement.
A high temperature alarm for each logic cabinet shall be provided and displayed on the
console CRTs.
Terminations from the field shall be terminated on vendor's standard termination unit.
Not more than one wire shall be connected to one terminal block point except where
jumper wires are necessary, in which case 2 wires may be connected for internal wiring.
Each I/O point including spares shall be provided with vendor’s standard terminals. No
more than one wire shall be connected to one terminal, except where jumper wires are
necessary.
8.1.12.
Electrical Design Criteria
All control devices and components shall be heavy-duty type suitable for operation at
120 VAC or 125 VDC. Insulation of coils shall permit continuous operation at a
temperature of 130C.
Contacts for external control circuits shall be heavy-duty type. The contacts shall have an
AC interrupting capacity of ten times their normal rating and shall not Appendix
excessive arcing or contact bounce.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 119 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Relays with exposed contacts shall not be used.
The voltage for contact interrogation is 125 VDC/120 VAC for the DCS and CTG.
All limit switches shall be heavy-duty snap-action types.
The DCS and CTG control system cabinets shall include the following:
 Cabinet ground bus: Bus for grounding cabinet, rack, and equipment grounds
 Insulated or common ground bus: Bus for grounding instrument and control cable
shields
All cabinet ground buses will be grounded to building steel.
Wire markers on both ends of each wire that is longer than 12 inches shall be provided
with indelible designations in accordance with the DCS supplier’s wiring diagrams.
8.2.
Software Requirements
8.2.1.
Data Acquisition
A data acquisition system (DAS) shall be provided as part of the DCS which will include
a performance and monitoring package to track the unit and plant performance. The
system shall average, weigh average and integrate pressures, temperatures, flows,
calculated values, etc., as required for the performance calculations, logs, etc. An OSI-PI
system shall also be provided. OSI-PI system shall interface with the independent PI
system through the plant DCS. The PI system shall have 200% of the plant DCS I/O
count capability with 2-PI process book licenses. The DAS shall, as a minimum, perform
the following functions:
 Time-stamp and store all data point at user-specified level of accuracy to common
database
 Redundant hard drive storage of at least 365 days of data
 Archive storage on optical or other remotely accessible storage system
 Provide for direct transfer of files in MS Windows software.
8.2.1.1
Sequence of Events Recording
The DCS shall provide scanning of not less than 150 digital (contact) inputs for
sequential events recording (SER) system. These inputs shall be scanned to discriminate
between contact operations which occur a minimum of one millisecond apart and print
them in their proper sequence when they are opening and closing. Each event shall be
printed on the log printer as an individual event. The complete time shall be parted out in
hours, minutes, seconds, and milliseconds with each sequential event contract status
change.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 120 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The DCS shall include sufficient buffer storage in the data acquisition system memory
structure for the SER programs to ensure that the system will not fail to detect a contact
operation due to storage or print buffer filling.
The DCS shall include the SER program to permit storage of the sequence of events log
in the Historical Storage and Retrieval (HSR) system in addition to printing the
information on the log printer. The HSR shall be sized large enough to store all sequence
of events logs.
8.2.1.2
Logging
The system shall log pre-selected variables at one hour intervals beginning at 1:00 AM.
Values shall be printed at the end of each 24 hour period at midnight on the log printer.
The variables shall consist of calculated values, averaged values, integrated values,
instantaneous values, weight averaged values, or the maximum value for the time period.
The variables and the exact format of the log shall be agreed to by the Purchaser. Data
shall be logged on sheets in column form with data for any given variable tabulated in
one vertical column.
The data which is currently being accumulated for the log shall be protected in case of
system failure. The log program shall automatically re-initiate the accumulation of data
following a system fail over without loss of data.
8.2.1.3
Historical Data Collection, Storage, and Presentation
A historical data collection, storage, and presentation (HCSP) system shall be provided
that will fully automate the collection, storage, retrieval and presentation of plant data.
The HCSP shall provide a centralized collection of information, a real-time database and
a historical data archive. The HCSP shall interface with all of the plant real-time systems
(i.e. CTG Control System, BOP DCS, etc.) simultaneously and shall be capable of
reading and writing to these systems. The HCSP shall be complete with server, monitor,
RAM, hard drive, tape backup, CD ROM drive, etc.
8.2.1.4
Graphics Displays
The graphics displays for use by the operators on the CRTs shall be developed in
accordance with the Seller's standard utility format. Graphic displays are subject to
approval by Purchaser. The DCS shall include spare capacity of 20% for the number of
graphic pages for future additions.
8.2.2.
DCS Interfaces
The DCS shall be designed to interface with other Plant systems, specifically the CTG
control system, the chemical feed system, gas metering system, power electronics
monitoring/control system, and data acquisition system, etc.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 121 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Except as noted, packaged systems including the demineralized water treatment will be
programmed into the DCS. The continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS), the
gas compressor system controls, and the fire protection system will be stand-alone
systems. Where programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) are used, these control systems
will be an Allen Bradley 540E or approved equivalent, with a data highway type
connection to the DCS.
The DCS will be configured by the DCS supplier with information and coordination
provided by the Seller. A consistent control and instrumentation philosophy will apply
throughout the plant to minimize diversity of equipment type and equipment
manufacturer. Either 48 VDC or 24 VDC will be used for the digital input wetting
voltage.
8.2.2.1
Chemical Feed System Control
The facility shall include the primary and secondary process signal inputs (flow, specific
conductivity, etc.) between the sampling system and DCS.
The chemical feed systems shall be controlled through the DCS. The DCS shall generate
all applicable chemical feed system alarms.
8.2.2.2
CTG Control Interface
The DCS shall be designed to control by feed forward action, with system calibration and
final correction provided by feedback action. The control equipment furnished shall
include all feed forward devices and other equipment to provide complete stability under
all conditions of load changes. Feed forward demands shall be developed for CTG
demand, fuel flow, etc. The system shall control the operation of the CTG inlet guide
vanes (IGV) through the CTG control system.
The DCS shall be fully interfaced with the CTG control system. Critical control and
protection/trip functions shall be hardwired between DCS and CTG control system. The
communication interface to the CTG control system shall be provided in accordance with
CTG supplier requirements for DAS functions and non-critical control signals. The DCS
shall interface to the CTG control system to manage the following analog and digital
CTG control functions:
 Startup sequencing through synchronization.
 Speed and load control.
 Temperature control.
 Safety control including:
—
Automatic safe shutdown (ramp down)
—
Selected shutdown (ramp down).
—
Emergency shutdown (fuel shutoff).
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 122 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The Facility shall include sufficient manual control capability for CTG speed, generator
voltage, and excitation such that a single operator can control the Plant from the main
electrical panel.
Inputs for fuel gas flow to each CTG shall be provided.
8.3.
Testing
A standard factory acceptance test of the complete control package including all
software, hardware, graphics, and alarming shall be provided.
The FAT shall be performed in the factory, and witnessed by the Purchaser or Purchaser
representative, prior to shipment.
8.3.1.
Tools
One complete set of all special tools, software, and appurtenances required for
maintenance and operation shall be furnished with each system. The Seller shall itemize
the special tools and software that shall be furnished. If no special tools and software are
required, the Seller shall make a clear statement to this effect before Turnover to the
Purchaser. Any such tools required shall become the property of the Purchaser.
8.3.2.
Installation and Operating Instructions
One preliminary set of installation, operating, and maintenance instructions shall be
available for use by Purchaser during the factory simulation test.
System logic diagrams, configuration drawings, and schematics shall be bound in a
separate volume of the instruction manual, and shipped within two months of system
shipment. Drawings shall be 11" x 17."
The installation and operating instruction books shall be complete to provide necessary
details for the installation, operation, and maintenance of all control systems and
equipment furnished for the Plant. Refer to section on Documentation for the detailed
requirements for the Instruction Books and Operating Manuals.
8.4.
Continuous Emissions Monitoring System
The Facility shall include a Continuous Emissions Monitoring System (CEMS) for the
Plant subject to Purchaser’s approval. A CEMS shall consist of continuous duty, remote
type analyzer subsystem with an extractive probe sampling system for each of the
generating units and a common data acquisition system. A maximum of two analyzer
subsystems may be installed in one CEMS shelter. 100% redundancy on CEMS sample
and monitoring equipment shall be provided.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 123 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The CEMS shall be complete in all respects while meeting the requirements of this
section. The Seller shall develop the EPA and any local monitoring plans, which shall be
subject to Purchaser’s review.
The system shall be designed to comply with the Quality Assurance Procedures of 40
CFR Part 75, Appendix B. In addition, the system shall be designed to comply with all
applicable EPA installation, performance, testing, quality assurance procedures, and
requirements set for the in 40 CFR Part 60, as well as all applicable requirements of state
and federal air quality permits.
The CEM system shall be a complete and tested system ready for reliable commercial
operation. Failure of any system component or control shall be alarmed at the data logger
in the control room.
8.4.1.
Analyzer Subsystem
Each generating unit's analyzer subsystem shall consist of one sample transport system
and one set of continuous emissions monitors for the following flue gas constituents. The
Facility shall include all analyzers required as per permits and EPA requirements which
include:
 Nitrogen oxides (NOX) – dual range (low and high level)
 Oxygen (O2)
 Other as required
The system shall be sized and constructed to provide a transit time from the stack probe
to the analyzer no greater than 6 minutes.
All of the analyzers, data logger, and manual control switches for each unit shall be
housed in a single standard 19-inch rack. Rack space shall not be shared between
generating unit systems. The space for pumps, filters, chillers, etc. maybe shared between
unit systems, but each item must be clearly identified by unit.
The CEMS shall be complete with analyzers, data logging, calibration gases, etc. At
Turnover the Seller shall furnish a 6-month supply of certified gases in rechargeable
cylinders for each flue gas constituent to be monitored. These gases shall include zero
cal, span cal, low linearity check, and mid range linearity check. Each gas cylinder shall
be supplied with an appropriate two-stage regulator and shall be connected to the sample
transport system. All tubing on the exterior of the CEMS building shall be 316 stainless
steel tubing or tubing with a stainless steel jacket. These cylinders shall become the
property of the Purchaser and remain on the Plant site.
8.4.2.
Sample Transport System
Separate sample transport systems shall be provided for each generating unit that would
have emissions. A separate umbilical bundle shall be provided for each unit. This
umbilical bundle shall be self-limiting heat traced, and contain all cable and tubing
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 124 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
required to connect the stack probe to the CEMS. Each umbilical shall be long enough to
reach from the probe to the termination point in the CEMS shelter without splicing.
The heat tracing for each umbilical bundle shall be the temperature-controlled type and
shall be an integral part of the umbilical. A temperature controller shall be provided
inside the CEMS shelter for this heat tracing.
Sample probes shall have a sufficient length to meet EPA requirements and to obtain a
representative sample. Heated probes and the necessary provisions to prevent failure due
to moisture or other flue gas constituent shall be supplied. If required by the equipment
manufacturer, automatic probe cleaning shall be furnished. Automatic probe cleaning
shall be controlled through the CEMS data logger.
8.4.3.
Stack Gas Monitoring Equipment
Stack gas analyzers shall have a proven track record in meeting EPA requirements on
multiple units and will be subject to Purchaser’s approval.
8.4.4.
CEMS Data Logger
CEMS shall include all hardware, software, and configuration needed to provide a system
that meets all requirements of 40 CFR Part 75.
8.4.4.1
CEMS Enclosure
The Facility shall include sample conditioning system, analyzers, power supply system,
and lighting in a CEMS enclosure/shelter. The enclosure/shelter shall be sturdy and
suitable for power plant application. The enclosure/shelter shall be walk-in, dust tight,
weather tight built is accordance with the local building codes requirements.
The CEMS enclosure/shelter shall have one HVAC system as defined in the Mechanical
HVAC section.
The analyzers and data-loggers shall be connected to the plant UPS.
A maintenance switch shall be provided to allow manual calibrations. The maintenance
switch shall provide a signal to the Data Logger as being in ‘Maintenance Mode’. Only
when the maintenance switch is active shall the manual calibration valves and switches
be energized.
8.4.5.
Documentation
Installation, operating, and maintenance instructions shall be provided by the Seller for
each item in the CEMS system and building. These instructions shall be provided both in
hardcopy and on a CD-ROM. Hardcopy manuals may be scanned into Adobe Acrobat
3.0 or later and then included on the CD-ROM.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 125 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.4.6.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Shipping
The complete CEMS shall be shipped to the site assembled with all the CEMS apparatus,
analyzer subsystem, sample transport system, and interior shelter features mounted in
place.
8.4.7.
Factory Checkout
The Seller shall check the CEMS at the factory before it is shipped to site to ensure that
the CEMS meet all EPA requirements before shipment
8.5.
Data Acquisition System
The Seller shall provide a complete data acquisition system (DAS) with software and
hardware. The DAS, which shall fully comply with all applicable requirements of 40,
CFR Part 75 shall be located in the Plant’s main control room. It shall be capable of
interfacing with the data logger on that Plant site. The system shall collect, store,
calculate, edit, display, and print out data, and other information as set forth in the
requirements that follow.
The polling computer shall include the following items at a minimum:
 A current Pentium or equivalent processor, with a minimum 512 MB RAM, 32X CD
ROM, 4 mm tape backup, 80-GB hard drive CD RW drive, 8MB AGP video,
Ethernet card and 56K modem.
 21-inch video display terminal, high-resolution color monitor (VGA or superior 1600 x 1200 at 75 Hz-26mm dot pitch).
 Report printer
 All interconnecting cables.
 Full duplex Ethernet connectivity/capability for Plant LAN connection.
The computer, CRT, printer and other equipment shall be mounted on a workstation/desk
with an accompanying printer stand. This workstation shall be in its own space in the
Plant control room.
8.5.1.
Software
The system program shall provide the following features:
 Multi-task operation such that data can be collected in background mode allowing
report generating or data editing in foreground mode.
 Printer failure shall not cause the program to stop. All printer output is to be stored,
so that when the printer is ready, the system will print in sequence all reports
generated during the time the printer was unavailable.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 126 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Auto-restart. Should a system failure occur, it would automatically restart itself
when the failure is cleared. This feature eliminates the need for any manual
reloading of the system program.
 Editing of all data on reports such that the revised data will be included in any
requested report, unless otherwise specified.
 Internal clock/calendar with automatic leap year and operator-controllable daylight
savings time adjustments.
 Keylock feature to limit access to program parameters using multi-level passwords.
 One level for operators to call up reports
 One level for engineers to edit report
 One level for technicians for diagnostics, etc.
 The system shall have the ability to download data in ASCII format.
 Capability of expanding if other emission monitoring points or types is added.
 The program backup shall be supplied on a CDROM for reloading should the system
fail. The actual source code should be supplied in hard copy format.
 The system shall include the software with standard REASONS CODES
 Video display terminal, to provide
—
Real-time view of all measured and calculated parameters
—
Combustion turbine and monitor status
—
Visual alarm indication of potential emission standard violations, excessive
monitor calibration drift, or monitoring system failure
—
Graphics & trending
 Data shall be transferred to the non-volatile memory or C Hard Drive hourly and
then transferred to the D hard drive daily.
 Software to support remote interrogation by modem
 Users Manual based on Purchaser specific software
 Calculations, record keeping, reporting, bias adjustment, automatic data substitution
procedures, and other requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 75.
8.5.2.
Data Communications System
Fiber optic cable shall be used between the polling computer and each data logger. This
cable shall be installed in its own conduit.
The Seller shall provide all fiber optic modems and telephone connections required for
the system to interface with state/federal reporting agency.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 127 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
8.5.3.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
The data acquisition system shall automatically compute and cause to have printed all
information required pursuant applicable 40 CFR Part 60 Subparts and Appendices, 40
CFR Part 75; and all applicable EPA regulations, Purchaser's EPA permits, and
Purchaser’s local permits.
8.5.4.
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Data
The data acquisition system shall be required to record and maintain data pertaining to
daily and periodic monitor calibrations and checks and all other monitoring data quality
assurance and quality control procedures. The records generated and maintained shall be
sufficient to satisfy all applicable quality assurance and quality control provisions of
40 CFR Part 75 and 40 CFR Part 60.
Data will be recorded on a daily basis for each gaseous pollutant, dilutent, and flow
monitor, as applicable.
Periodic testing and certification procedures are required to assure monitoring data
quality. The data to be recorded on a periodic basis for each gaseous pollutant, dilutent,
and flow monitor, as applicable, shall meet all applicable requirements of 40 CFR Part 75
and 40 CFR Part 60.
At Requested Intervals (Quarterly Reports) Based on Edited and Unedited Data.
The data acquisition system shall be capable of compiling and generating quarterly
reports pursuant to the requirements of 40 CFR Part 75, and 40 CFR Part 60, as
applicable, and of any applicable State regulations, and as required by Purchaser's air
quality permits. The data acquisition system shall be capable of producing these reports
in printed and electronic format suitable for submission per the Plant reporting
requirements. The reports shall meet all EPA reporting requirements.
The data acquisition system shall compute and cause to be printed, when requested. The
data processor shall be designed to store sufficient data to produce these reports. Power
supply failure shall not erase the stored data or the program.
8.6.
Balance-Of-Plant Instrumentation Installation Criteria And
Installation Details
8.6.1.
Scope of Specification
The following criteria cover the general requirements for the installation of
instrumentation and control systems.
The scope of work covered by this specification includes, but is not limited to installation
and support of field instruments, instrument impulse lines, pneumatic signal lines, sample
lines, and local instrument cabinets.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 128 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Eyewash stations and showers use shall be alarmed in the DCS.
No primary sensor full-scale signal level, other than thermocouples, will be less than
10 mV or greater than 125 V.
To the extent practical, instrumentation will be standardized.
Instrument analog signals for electronic instrument systems shall be 4 to 20 ma dc.
Instrument analog signals for pneumatic instrument systems shall be 3 to 15 psig.
Use of pneumatic controls will be limited to applications where sub-supplier standard
designs can’t be provided without them.
Local indicating controllers (If required) shall be furnished with an auto-manual function
switch.
The following units of measurement shall be used in the process measurement and
control. English units are preferred, but metric units may be used when in common
practice:
Parameter
Units of Measurement
Temperature
degrees Fahrenheit (o F)
Pressure
pounds per square inch gauge (psig)
inches of water column (in wc) or (inH2O)
pounds per square inch absolute (psia)
inches of mercury absolute (HgA)
Level
General
percent
Tank Gauge
linear feet, inches, and tenths of inches
Deviation from normal level
Flow
Liquids
gallons per minute (gpm)
pounds per hour (pph or #/hr)
Gases and Vapors
standard cubic feet per minute at 60 OF (SCFM)
standard cubic feet per hour at 60 OF (SCFH)
Solids
pounds per hour (pph or #/hr)
tons per day (tpd)
Steam & Water Sampling
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 129 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Parameter
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Units of Measurement
pH
pH (pH Units)
Specific conductivity
S/cm
Cation conductivity
S/cm
Degassed cation conductivity
S/cm
Dissolved oxygen
parts per billion (ppb)
Permanently attached stainless steel tags shall be purchased with all major instrument
equipment. Each tag shall carry the item tag number. This tag is in addition to the
manufacturer's model number and other data nameplate.
Thermocouple and test wells shall have the material of construction stamped on the well.
If tag numbers are assigned to these wells, the number shall also be stamped on the well.
Instruments in vapor or gas service shall generally be mounted above the sensing point.
Instruments in liquid, steam, or condensable vapor service shall generally be mounted
below the sensing point. If accessibility, visibility, or clearance requirements preclude
either of these situations, provisions will be made in the instrument piping configuration
to ensure proper operation of the instrument. Close coupled line mounted pressure and
temperature gauges are mounted above the sensing point and are excluded from the
aforementioned.
Instrument root valves at piping or equipment connections shall be accessible from grade,
platform, stairway, or permanent ladder. Indicating instruments that must be visible for
automatic control adjustment or manual operation shall be visible from the adjustment or
operating point. If plot or piping arrangement precludes this, other provisions shall be
made for indication at the adjustment or operating point. Indicating instruments not in the
above category shall be visible from operating aisles or passageways.
Instruments shall be located so that required clearances are maintained for walkways,
accessways, and operation and maintenance of valves and equipment.
Blind transmitting instruments shall generally be line mounted as near the sensing point
as practical. Instruments shall not be line mounted when temperature or vibration from
hydraulics or operating equipment will affect the operation of the instruments or cause
damage to instrument piping.
Local recording and/or control instruments, except displacer-type level controllers and
flanged mounted transmitters, shall generally be remote mounted at grade or outside
platform handrails.
When practical, remote mounted instruments will be grouped and have common
supports.
Instrument piping shall generally be routed through pipeways and areas provided for the
routing of plant piping, and shall be such as to protect the piping from damage during
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 130 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
plant operation and maintenance. Routing of instrument piping will be controlled by the
Field Control Systems Supervisor or Engineer.
Instrument piping shall be supported from pipe supports, pipe, and any other permanent
structure, except as follows:
 Instrument piping shall not be supported from uninsulated hot (125° F and above) or
cold (40° F and below) pipes.
 Instrument piping supports shall not be welded to stress relieved equipment or
internally lined equipment. Instrument piping supports shall be sufficient to maintain
the piping in a neat manner. Instrument process piping having horizontal runs
greater than 5'-0" or combined horizontal and vertical runs greater than 10’-0" shall
be supported. The maximum length of unsupported tubing at a bend shall be 4'-0".
Process connection size shall be a minimum of 1/2-inch NPT. See Section 2.25.8.8.
All instruments and instrument process lines subject to freezing shall be heat traced, filled
with seal fluid and purged or otherwise protected from freezing. Preference will be given
to heat traced sensing lines and heated enclosures. The instruments and process lines shall
be identified on the P&ID’s.
8.6.2.
Instrumentation Electrical Requirements
Enclosures for electrical instruments shall comply with requirements of the Electrical
Area Classification in which they are installed. In the event that the manufacturer of
certain instruments cannot provide enclosures suitable for the area, purging of the
enclosure with inert, dry air or gas shall be given consideration. Cases for locally
mounted instruments and devices shall be weatherproof as a minimum.
Terminals for electrical interconnections including thermocouple wire shall be clearly
identified to indicate polarity, electrical ground where applicable, and test connection.
Terminals for purchased items shall normally be identified in accordance with
manufacturer’s standard marking.
Electrical conduit connections for locally mounted instruments shall normally be
internally threaded, where available as manufacturer’s standard option. Connections shall
be suitable for the Electrical Area Classification in which the instrument is installed.
8.6.3.
Pressure Instruments
Pressure gauge case sizes shall be 4-1/2”.
Connections shall normally be 1/2" MNPT for 4-1/2" locally mounted gauges. Receiver
gauges and 1-1/2 to 2-1/2" gauges shall be 1/4" NPT.
Wherever necessary for Facility operation, either industrial-type, 4-1/2 inch diameter
pressure gauges with white face and black scale markings or indicating pressure
transmitters will be provided.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 131 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Dials shall be white, non-rusting metal or plastic with black figures. Manufacturer’s
standard dial faces shall be provided. Dials or pointers shall be field adjustable for zero
alignment. These requirements do not apply to 1-1/2 inch and 2-inch gauges.
Steam pressure sensing transmitters or gauges mounted above the steam line will be
protected by a loop seal or a siphon. Siphons will be installed on pressure gauges in
steam service as required by the system design.
Pressure gauges on process piping will generally be visible 10 feet from an operator's
normal stance at floor level and will be resistant to Facility atmospheres.
Pressure gauge accuracy will be ±0.5% of full range per ANSI Specification B40.1,
Grade 2A.
Pressure devices on pulsating services will be equipped with pulsation dampers.
Pressure devices subject to shock during equipment starts, stops or transient conditions
will be installed on an isolated gauge panel.
In general, pressure instruments will have linear scales with units in psig.
Fire protection system pressure gauges will be designed in accordance with Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) standards.
Pressure test points will be equipped with isolation valve and cap or plug.
Pressure gauges will be provided with either a blow-out disk or a blow-out back.
Pressure gauges will have acrylic or shatterproof glass faces.
Differential Pressure Instruments shall normally be of the manometer type, either liquidfilled, bellows, or force-balance type according to requirements.
Pressure Gauge Elements in contact with process fluid shall normally be 316 stainless
steel, except where the process requires a special material. Elements above 1,000 psig
shall be bored instead of drawn with threaded and backwelded connection to the socket
and tip. Bronze elements shall normally be used for air service.
Sockets and Tips shall be stainless steel for stainless steel bourdon tubes, and brass for
bronze bourdon tubes, in accordance with manufacturer's standards.
Overpressure Protection shall be 1.3 times the maximum tube rating to prevent
permanent set or loss of calibration from continuous overpressures. For services of 0 to
60 psi and below, wide bourdon tubes shall be furnished with external gauge protectors.
Gauges shall be vacuum protected.
Range shall be so specified that the gauges normally operate in the middle third of the
scale. Gauges on pump discharges shall be specified for over-range protection beyond the
pump shut-in pressure or relief valve setting. Gauges on vessels shall be specified for
overrange protection not less than 1.2 times the vessel design pressure.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 132 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Cases for gauges in the process area and in process service shall be solid front, phenolic
with a screwed ring, or plastic turret type with a snap ring. Cases shall be weatherproof,
and metal cases shall be protected with weather-resistant black paint.
Weep holes shall be provided on the case bottom of all gauges located in humid areas
unless the case already has sufficient ventilation.
Diaphragm Protectors shall be used where necessary to protect gauges from corrosive
fluids. They shall have 1/2-inch NPT screwed or flanged connections in accordance with
piping specifications.
8.6.4.
Temperature Instruments
Temperature elements and dial thermometers will be protected by thermowells except
when measuring gas or air temperatures at atmospheric pressure. Temperature test points
will be equipped with thermowells fitted with caps or plugs.
Dial thermometers will have 5 inch diameter (minimum) dials and white faces with black
scale markings and will be every-angle type and bimetal actuated. Dial thermometers will
generally be visible 10 feet from an operator's normal stance at floor level (viewing area)
and will be resistant to Facility atmospheres.
If a thermocouple is inaccessible, the leads will be brought to an accessible junction box.
Thermocouples (if used) will be dual-element, ungrounded, spring-loaded, ChromelConstantan (ANSI Type E) or Chromel-Alumel (ANSI Type K) for general service.
Thermocouples general application shall normally be magnesium-oxide insulated
sheathed type. Thermocouple shall be constructed with a 316SS sheath of 1/4-inch
diameter.
Thermoelectric Properties, temperature limits, and limits of error of thermocouples and
thermocouple extension wires shall conform to ANSI Standard MC 96.1.
Identification of thermocouples shall be by a wired-on metal tag indicating the code or
tag number.
Thermocouple heads will be the cast aluminum type with an internal grounding screw.
Conduit connection shall be ¾ inch. Connection to the thermocouple assembly shall be ½
inch NPT.
In general, temperature instruments will have scales with temperature units in degrees
Fahrenheit. Exceptions to this are electrical machinery resistance temperature detectors
(RTD’s) and transformer winding temperatures, which are in degrees Celsius.
RTD’s will be either 100 ohm platinum type or 10 ohm, copper, three-wire circuits
(R100/R0-1.385), and ungrounded. The element will be spring loaded, mounted in a
thermowell, and connected to a cast aluminum head assembly.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 133 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Where ASME Performance Test Codes are applicable to power cycle piping, they will be
used as the criteria for determining well lengths.
Thermal filled system Instruments shall be gas or liquid filled stainless steel capillary
type.
Material shall be a minimum of ANSI Type 304 stainless steel machined from bar stock
in a tapered configuration. Other materials may be specified as required by the piping
specifications. The alloy used shall meet the process metallurgical requirements.
The temperature process connections shall be 1 inch NPT where screwed connections are
allowed by the piping classification. Where flanged connections are required by the
piping classification, they will be designed to mate against a 1-1/2-inch raised face or
ring joint flange in accordance with the piping specifications. Weld in thermowells shall
be at least 1 inch diameter.
Special protecting tubes for high temperature applications of chrome iron, incoloy, or
other special materials shall be used as required by the temperature and the process
materials.
Thermowells in combining streams shall be a minimum of 10 pipe diameters downstream
of the junction for liquid services and 30 pipe diameters for vapor services.
Brass plug and chain shall be provided with all test wells.
Thermowells shall be designed to avoid root stress failure due to vibrations induced by
wake vortices. Where the standard thermowell is designed to withstand the maximum
fluid velocity permitted in the piping design standards, individual wake frequency
calculators are not required.
Dials of 3-inch diameter may be used in mechanical equipment lube and seal oil service
or other auxiliary service.
Installation of thermocouples, thermowells, test wells, and thermometers shall be in
accordance with Utility and good engineering practice unless otherwise specified.
8.6.5.
Level Instruments
Reflex-glass, liquid-free, or magnetic level gauges (Penberthy or equal) will be used.
Sump pump motors will be controlled by displacer or float-type level switches supplied
by the sump pump manufacturer.
Level transmitters for measuring the level in storage tanks vented to atmosphere (e.g.,
makeup water storage tank, demineralized water storage tank) will generally be the
flanged mounted differential pressure type flush diaphragm and will be equipped with
local indication as well as central control room indication.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 134 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Differential Pressure type level instruments will normally be used for all services except
for vacuum services. When differential pressure type instruments are to be mounted at or
below the taps, they shall be furnished with zero elevation or suppression adjustment.
External displacement type instruments shall normally conform to the following:
 Material shall normally be fabricated carbon steel, with stainless steel displacer and
Inconel torque tube. Where vessels are of alloy construction, body material shall be
equivalent or better.
 Air Fins or heat insulators shall be used at operating temperatures above 400°F and
below 0°F for displacers with pneumatic pilots. Where displacers with electronic
transmitters are used, they shall have air fins or heat insulators above 250°F and
below 0°F.
 Connections shall normally be 1-1/2-inch flanged with bottom-side and top-side
connections. Flange ratings shall be in accordance with vessel trim specification.
 Rotatable Heads shall normally be specified.
 Transmitter Output shall be 4 to 20 ma dc.
Direct operated type level controls (e.g. ball float, mechanically linked valve), shall be
used on utility service only.
Special level problems will arise periodically and will require special level measuring
devices such as internal displacers or floats, bubblers, and electronic types (capacitance,
ultrasonic, nuclear, conductive, or electrical resistance).
8.6.5.1
Liquid Level Columns (Bridles)
Liquid level bridles shall be used to minimize the number of vessel nozzles where
numerous level instrument connections are made to the same vessel
The bridle upper connection shall be flooded with process fluid for interface
measurements
The top and bottom connections of the bridle shall be made directly to separate nozzles
that are not connected to vessel inlet or outlet nozzles.
The bottom connection of the level bridle shall be located a minimum of 2 inches higher
than the top of the vessel outlet when vessel discharges from the bottom.
Level bridle piping shall not have bends that will trap dirt or water.
8.6.5.2
Storage Tank Instruments
Tape gauges shall be provided.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 135 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Water tanks shall be equipped with flange mounted level transmitters with local
indication
Fuel tanks will be equipped with flange mounted smart transmitters and a servo
controlled displacer gauge or approved equal.
Tanks containing fuel and hazardous material shall instrumentation that can be tested
without draining of contents.
8.6.6.
Level Gauges
Typically magnetic follower type level gauges will be provided. Supplier skids will use
the supplier’s standard devices where suitable for heavy industrial use. Where glass
gauges are provided by skid suppliers, gauge and ball checks will be provided.
All vessels other than storage tanks, where actual level or interface level is measured for
indication or control, shall have a level gauge.
Alloy construction (normally 304 stainless steel) shall be used for all wetted parts where
the application requires it, and on applications below 20°F.
Frost protection shall be provided where operating temperatures are below 32°F.
Visibility shall cover the operating range of the level instrument(s). In alarm and
shutdown service, the visibility shall normally cover the range of all level instruments
including the shutdown point. Level glasses shall be visible from grade, platform, or the
related instrument.
Connections of gauge glasses shall normally be 1/2-inch or 3/4-inch NPT female top and
bottom. Other connection orientations may be used where required.
Level glass cocks where necessary shall meet vessel trim specifications and shall be
considered a combination block valve and safety shut-off cock. They shall have a 3/4inch solid shank NPT male inlet with 1/2-inch or 3/4-inch NPT female spherical union
gauge connection. A ball check shall be furnished.
Where standard gauge valves do not comply with the applicable piping standard, gate
valves and ball check valves shall be substituted. The gate and check valves shall be
installed in the horizontal line to the vessel, with tees provided for vents and drains.
8.6.7.
Flow Elements – Flow Nozzles and Venturis
Venturi nozzles shall also be used for all flows used for primary control. Orifice plates
may be used for other flow measurements.
Flow transmitters will be the differential pressure type with the range matching (as
closely as practical) the primary element.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 136 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Linear scales and charts will be used for flow indication and recording.
Critical steam and natural gas flow meters (if applicable) will be temperature and/or
pressure compensated, and air flow measurements will be temperature compensated.
Differential pressure type instruments shall normally be used for flow measurements
where suitable for the application.
Flow transmitters shall be the essentially zero volume displacement differential pressure
type. Bodies shall normally be carbon steel with stainless steel internal trim, unless other
materials are required for the particular services. Overrange protection equal to the body
rating shall be provided.
Wherever possible, the maximum differential range in inches of water shall not exceed
the static absolute pressure in psia in a compressible fluid application. Span shall be
continuously adjustable over at least a 5:1 ratio.
Variable area flow meters may be used for small flow rates where local indication is
required. They may also be used where rangeability, nonlinearity, viscosity, or the
hazardous nature of the fluid makes the differential pressure-type instrument
unsatisfactory. They shall normally be the armored type with magnetic pick-up, except
for water and air below 200 psig and 1-inch-or-smaller lines where glass tubes may be
used. All glass tube area meters shall have front and rear plastic guard plates.
Positive displacement meters shall be used to measure those flows where a highly
accurate integrated flowing quantity is desired.
8.6.8.
Flow Elements – Orifice Plates
Orifice plates of the square edged concentric type shall be specified except where
unsatisfactory for the application. Plate dimensions shall conform to ASME MFC-3M.
Weep holes shall be provided in steam and gas flow installations where there is possible
condensation or in liquid flow where there is possible gas entrainment. Materials shall
normally be Type 304 stainless steel unless special materials are required for the service.
For gas and vapor service, the differential pressure range in inches of water normally
shall not exceed the static absolute pressure in psia.
Orifice bores will be calculated using ASME MFC-3M and ISO 5167.
Flange taps shall normally be used in accordance with ASME MFC-3M. For special
alloys and 14-inch-and-larger pipe sizes, in 150 psi classification, throat taps may be
used. One-half-inch NPT is the normal tap size for 300 psi through 600 psi flange rating.
Three-quarter-inch is the tap size for 900 psi through 2,500 psi flange rating. Where
threaded connections are not permitted by the pipe class, socket weld connections shall
be used.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 137 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The minimum orifice flange rating shall be 300 psi ANSI except for lines 14 inches and
larger, where 150 psi ANSI is the minimum. The use of higher rated flanges, or of facing
other than raised face, shall be as called for in piping specifications.
Ring type plate holders shall be manufacturer's standard plate mounting. Ring facing
shall be oval ANSI standard unless otherwise required by piping specifications.
Orifice taps for horizontal pipe runs shall normally be oriented horizontal for clean
liquids and steam, and vertical-up for gases.
Venturi tubes, low loss tubes, and flow nozzles shall be used where high-pressure
recovery is necessary and/or where only low inlet pressure is available.
Averaging pitot tubes shall be used where the pipe diameter is too large for acceptable
orifice plate design in applications such as pump minimum flow bypass control, or where
normal straight pipe requirements are not met. The element may have two pipe diameters
of straight pipe upstream and downstream mounted in a plane parallel to the maximum
disturbance.
Other types of flow elements should be considered where their use is desirable and the
above-mentioned elements are not applicable.
Integral orifice meters (combination primary element-measuring device) shall normally
be used for meter runs of less than 1-1/2 inches with a suitable strainer upstream of the
meter.
Eccentric type orifice plates shall be used for fluids containing two phases. The eccentric
type orifice plates shall have the bottom of the orifice bore flush with the bottom ID of
the pipe. Eccentric orifice plates shall be used only in horizontal runs.
8.6.9.
Annunciators, Alarm Switches, and Electrical Devices
Annunciator design shall be in general accordance with ISA RP-18.1 "Specifications and
Guides for the Use of General Purpose Annunciators".
Switches and shutdown for alarms and interlock systems shall be used for on-off
applications only. When outdoor installations are required, they shall meet the area
classification and be weatherproof. Switches in equipment shutdown service, where
practical, shall be directly connected to the process. Wiring for switches shall be two
conductors and shall not use the common wire technique.
Switch contacts shall be specified as two single-pole double-throws (Form C) wherever
the double mechanism does not induce unacceptable dead band. However, only one
function per enclosure shall be specified (i.e., alarm only, or interlock only). On
shutdown circuits, the second contact on the enclosure may be used for alarm, but proper
signal separation shall be maintained in the conduit system.
Switch action for alarms, shutdowns, and interlocks shall normally be closed circuit at
normal operating conditions; open circuit for abnormal condition.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 138 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Level switches shall normally be the external float cage type with 1 -inch NPT socket
weld or screwed connections. Body material and rating shall conform to piping
specifications. Internal trim shall be stainless steel unless other materials are required for
the service. Level switches in alarm services may be receiver switches when there is a
level transmitter as part of the system.
Pressure switches for direct connected process and utility service shall normally be
diaphragm or bourdon tube type with materials suitable for the service. They shall meet
the required electrical classification and shall have micro switches. Connection sizes shall
normally be 1/2 inch NPT.
Temperature switches, locally mounted in Division 1 or 2 locations, shall be filled system
bulb type or expansion type. They shall meet the electrical classification and shall have
micro switches. Separable sockets shall be furnished. Temperature switches mounted in
the central control room or on a local panel shall normally be thermocouple actuated with
cold-junction compensation and be completely adjustable.
Flow switches for direct operation by process fluids may be of the sight flow, rotameter,
or paddle type for low accuracy requirements. Orifice plate and differential pressure type
shall be used for high accuracy requirements.
Solenoid valves shall normally be used as pilots to actuate other instruments directly
connected to process fluids. Valve Bodies for solenoid valves shall follow the piping
specifications when used in process lines. Manufacturer's standard brass shall normally
be used on air service.
When outdoor installations are required, they shall meet the area classification and shall
be weatherproof. Preferred voltage rating is 120 Vac. Coils for solenoid valves shall be
hi-temp molded and encapsulated and specified for continuous duty at rated voltage and
frequency. Coils for direct current shall be supplied with internal spike suppressors.
8.6.10.
Process Analyzers and Analyzer Systems
All analyzers are to be completely piped, interconnected, and checked out for proper
functional operating condition.
Complex process stream analyzer systems shall be installed in a waterproof cabinet,
enclosed house, or shelter. These shall include the following provisions:
 Enough working space shall be allowed for proper maintenance of the analyzers
within the house.
 Analyzer houses and cabinets shall be of metal or fiberglass construction and
equipped with a door, lock, and key.
 These enclosures shall be located as close to the process sample points as practical.
More than one analyzer measuring and sample system may be installed in a single
enclosure if the sample line length is within the analyzer manufacturer's
specifications.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 139 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
All necessary calibration and operating gases shall be provided including gas cylinders
and regulators. CEMS equipment shall be according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
 Analyzers requiring gases for continuous operation are to be provided with dual
facilities for uninterrupted service.
 Calibration standards and facilities are to be supplied for zero and span check where
specified.
 Protected outdoor storage racks adjacent to the analyzer houses shall be provided for
the carrier and calibration gas cylinders (including inventory) and their associated
regulators. Process sample regulators shall also be located on the outside of the
analyzer houses.
The sample systems are to be designed to deliver clean, representative samples to the
analyzers at the proper temperatures, pressures, physical conditions, and flow rates.
 All wetted components are to be 316 stainless steel, or equivalent, unless other
materials are required to minimize contamination and corrosion. Main line class pipe
may be used in high temperature samples.
 Appropriate measures are to be taken to prevent plugging of sample lines due to
freezing, condensation, or solids.
 Where sample recovery systems are required, provision for drains shall be made in
the building design.
 Transportation time from sample point to analyzer is to be less than 2 minutes for
chromatographs and less than 1 minute for other analyzer types. Fast circulating
loops and/or bypass lines are to be used to achieve fast response times except where
such a design would cause EPRI guidelines to be violated or sample composition to
be changed.
 For gas samples, the pressure should be reduced at the sampling point to increase the
velocity through the sample system and reduce time lag. Except in CEMS equipment
where the manufacturer’s recommendations are to be followed.
 All sample and bypass lines are to have flow indicators, such as rotameters.
 Bypass flows and discarded samples are to be routed to chemical safe drains or
vented safely to atmosphere.
 Adequate facilities are to be provided to protect against unwanted backflow,
overpressure, or other abnormal conditions.
 When sample conditioning components require heating, they are to be located inside
a heated and insulated cabinet or enclosure.
The analyzer and sample system shall be vendor assembled and pretested in the vendor's
shop before shipment unless otherwise specified.
Electrical wiring of analyzers shall conform to the National Electrical Code and
applicable local codes. For large instruments such as analyzers that cannot be mounted in
an explosion-proof box, air purging may be required. ISA RP-12.4 should be followed. If
possible, the analyzer houses should be mounted in nonhazardous areas.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 140 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Process control loops that include an analyzer shall normally be cascaded. In some cases
where the analyzer output is continuous and not delayed, direct control may be provided.
 Holding circuits shall be provided when the analyzer output is intermittent. The
output of this device may be used for trend recording in addition to providing a
signal for a control loop.
 Converters to provide a current or pneumatic output shall be provided if required.
CTG non-control instrumentation shall be available through the DCS, if possible. Such
information will include:
 Bearing metal thermocouples
 Bearing drain thermocouples
 Generator RTD's
 Non-contacting vibration probes
8.6.11.
Pressure and Temperature Switches
Field-mounted pressure and temperature switches will be provided in either NEMA Type
4 housings or housings suitable for the environment.
In general, switches will be applied such that the actuation point is within the center onethird of the instrument range.
8.7.
Instrument Air and Service Air Systems
Branch headers will be provided with a shutoff valve located at the takeoff from the main
header. The branch headers will be sized for the air usage of the instruments served, but
will be no smaller than 3/8 inch. Each instrument air user will have a shutoff valve and
filter located at the instrument. Each service air user will have a shut-off valve.
Instrument air of suitable quality will be provided for calibration of CEMS oxygen
analyzers.
A minimum of 10 service air connections shall be provided around the facility – locations
shall be coordinated with the Purchaser.
8.8.
Field-Mounted Instruments
Where practical, field-mounted instruments will be grouped together. They will be
mounted in areas accessible for maintenance and relatively free of vibration and will not
block walkways or prevent maintenance of other equipment.
Field-mounted instruments will be of a design suitable for the area in which they are located. Freeze protection will be provided as required.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 141 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Individual instrument supports will be prefabricated, off-the-shelf, 2-inch pipe stand type.
Individual field instrument sensing lines will be run in horizontal and vertical lengths that
do not affect signal response.
In general, local control loops will use a locally mounted indicating controller (pressure,
temperature, and flow).
In general, liquid level controllers will be the indicating, displacement type with external
cages.
Instrument racks and individual supports will be mounted to concrete floors, to platforms,
or on support steel in locations not subject to excessive vibration.
8.8.1.
Instrumentation - General Design
All instruments and equipment shall be installed in a manner which assures reasonable
protection against mechanical damage, wetting, or extremes of heat or cold.
Instrumentation shall be handled at all times so as to protect it from damage to the
internal mechanisms. Instrumentation shall be stored in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations until installation. Final locations and orientations must
be selected for accessibility, repair, and calibration in place, easy access to the rear of the
instruments (if needed), and for disconnection without resorting to cutting, burning, or
welding.
Instrument supports shall not be mounted on or connected to handrails, stairways,
machinery, or to any equipment subject to movement under load.
All pipe-mounted temperature and pressure indicators and bridle-mounted level gauges
shall be mounted so as to provide direct visual readings from operating decks and
accessibility for maintenance. If pipe-mounted instruments are subject to freezing, they
shall be appropriately freeze protected.
Electronic process transmitters shall be 2-wire, smart type.
Temperature, pressure, and differential pressure transmitters, switches, and transducers
shall be mounted on either stands, racks, or in local instrument cabinets as long as
instruments are properly protected including environmentally protection (heat traced).
Instruments which can be logically grouped shall be installed on racks or in local
instrument cabinets. Instrumentation, accessories, and all other equipment shall be
located and mounted such that calibration, maintenance, and removal work can be
performed on any one piece of equipment without disturbing another. Adequate clearance
shall be provided so that calibration, adjustments, and connections are easily accessible
without need of instrument removal. All instrument covers shall be provided with
adequate clearance space for removal. Equipment shall be arranged such that work can be
performed easily, without need for special tools.
Instruments and manifold valves shall be easily accessible for calibration. All pressure
and differential pressure transmitters shall be installed with instrument manifolds. All
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 142 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
differential transmitters shall be installed with three valve or five valve manifolds. Two
valve manifolds shall be used for all static pressure transmitters.
Orifice flanges and flow nozzles or venturies shall be oriented such that taps are
horizontal, neither above nor below the centerline of the pipe. Flow orifice plates shall be
installed only after applicable piping has been flushed or blown down.
Each pressure connection, except for relief valves, shall have a root valve. Double block
and bleed valves are required for relief valves that would require an entire plant outage to
service. Each temperature connection shall have a well that will withstand the maximum
system pressure and whose velocity rating to withstand vibration exceeds the maximum
fluid velocity to which the well may be subjected. Thermocouples material shall be
compatible with the main process pipe material.
All external electrical connections of junction boxes and cabinets shall be made to
terminal blocks. The wiring and terminal blocks for different voltage classes shall be
physically separated in order to minimize electrical noise and hazard to personnel.
Terminal blocks shall be provided with marker strips.
Instruments shall be mounted in a manner that prevents vibration effects. Snubbers or
other suitable damping devices shall be provided for pulsating services.
8.8.2.
Instrument Cabinets and Local Control Panels
8.8.2.1
Local Instrument Cabinet Installation
Instrument cabinets shall be secured to structural steel or to concrete. Cabinets shall be
electrically grounded. Bolting to bare or galvanized metal shall be used for attaching a
ground strap.
Instrument cabinets shall have sufficient clearances for the required blowdown piping
and headers, door swing radius, etc., and that cabinets are completely accessible for
maintenance.
The cabinets shall be installed and anchored in place so that they are level and plumb and
properly aligned in accordance with the above mounting requirements.
Cabinets shall not be supported by handrails. All instrument line penetrations into
instrument cabinets shall be through bulkhead fittings (couplings). Bulkhead couplings
shall be supplied on instrument cabinets for each instrument location. Top entry of
instrument cabinets or instrument cabinet junction boxes is prohibited. Bottom entry is
the preferred method for conduits.
8.8.2.2
Local Instrument Cabinets
Local instrument cabinets shall be constructed of high-quality galvanized commercial 12
gauge sheet steel plate or stainless steel, flat and free of pitting. All cabinet sections shall
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 143 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
be continuous with no weld joints. Welding shall join seams between assembled sections.
Cabinet doors shall have 3-point latches.
The cabinets shall be provided with thermostatically controlled heaters and fully
insulated for freeze protection and humidity control. The cabinets shall be designed to
maintain an inside temperature of 60F with an ambient temperature of 0F.
Each cabinet shall contain an instrument air supply bulkhead. All instrument air supply
lines shall contain tubing valves for isolation purposes. Every air supply shall contain a
valved outlet for maintenance uses.
8.8.2.3
Cabinet Painting and Coating
All sheet steel used in the construction of the cabinets (except stainless steel) shall be
suitably painted.
8.8.2.4
Instrument and Control Wiring and Instrument Cabinet Wiring
Instrumentation and control wiring shall be installed in accordance with the requirements
of the Electrical section.
Both ends of each wire shall be identified with labels, which are indelibly imprinted on
heat shrinked plastic tubing. Wire identification shall consist of a from-to device
identifier.
8.8.2.5
Painting and Coating
Where galvanized coating has been removed or degraded due to cutting, welding,
scratches, etc., it shall be refinished to original manufacturer’s specifications.
The Seller shall touch up all equipment finish paint coats damaged while under the
control of the Seller. The Seller shall use paint of the original specification color, and
finish.
8.8.2.6
Marking
The Facility shall include stamped stainless steel tags for process root valves, each
instrument, and panel or cabinet.
8.8.3.
Instrument Tubing and Piping
8.8.3.1
Instrument Tubing
Tubing usage shall be permitted for the following applications:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 144 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Inside local instrument cabinets
 At a pneumatically-operated final control element
 Sample lines
 When properly protected and supported from root valve to instrument
All tubing shall be ASTM 213 type 316 stainless steel (except in acid service), both
seamless and annealed and properly rated for temperature and pressure applications.
Copper tubing shall be ASTM B-75 and shall be permitted only for instrument air service
inside instrument cabinets and (individual) branch applications.
Tubing shall be installed so that sags and low spots are avoided. All tubing cuts shall be
made with a roller-type tubing cutter and shall be deburred. All tubing bends shall be
made with an approved mechanical bender to avoid flattening of the bends.
All tubing fittings shall be compression type, Parker Hannifin CPI or Swagelok. The use
of flared-type fittings shall not be accepted and is strictly prohibited. Pipe dope or Teflon
tape shall not be used on the tubing-side threads of compression fittings.
Tubing runs requiring support shall be run in Tube Track.
Each instrument sensing line shall terminate with a main line class blowdown valve
mounted adjacent to or below the instrument cabinet.
Instrument sensing lines for draft measurements and other very low pressure and
differential pressure measurements shall be 1-inch minimum O.D. Instrument sensing
lines for other pressure and differential pressure measurements shall be 0.5-inch
minimum O.D. The length of the sensing lines shall be kept as short as possible to
minimize instrument sensing errors
Tubing used to connect instruments to the process line will be 3/8 inch OD x 0.049 WT
seamless soft annealed copper ASTM B-75 (Instrument air service) or 3/8 inch OD x
0.065 WT SS seamless ASTM A-213 or A-269 Type 316 RB 80 Hardness as necessary
for the process conditions.
Instrument tubing fittings will be the compression type. One manufacturer will be
selected for use and will be standardized as much as practical throughout the Facility.
Differential pressure (flow) instruments will be fitted with three-valve manifolds, while
two-valve manifolds will be specified for other instruments as appropriate.
Instrument installation will be designed for correct sensing of process variable. Taps on
process lines will be located in such a manner that sensing lines do not trap air in liquid
service or liquid in gas service. Taps on process lines will be fitted with a shutoff (root or
gauge valve) close to the process line. Root and gauge valves will be main-line class type
valves.
Instrument tubing, including freeze protection, will be supported in both horizontal and
vertical runs as necessary. Expansion loops will be provided in tubing runs subject to
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 145 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
high temperatures. The instrument tubing support design will allow for movement of the
main process line.
8.8.3.2
Instrument Piping
Instrument piping, when required for proper protection, shall be in accordance with the
main process piping design. Instrument pipe wall thickness shall be based on the main
process pressure and temperature design.
Piping runs shall be installed with continuous slopes to process connection or instrument
connection as required.
Instrument line pipe shall be bent whenever possible.
8.8.3.3
Instrument Tap Installation Criteria
Each instrument tap shall have a main line class root valve. Instrument pressure taps in
horizontal process piping should generally be mounted on the top centerline where the
process is air or gas. When the process is steam or a liquid, instrument pressure taps
should generally be mounted on the side centerline of the process pipe. There shall not be
any instrument taps on the bottom of process lines.
Instrument pressure taps shall be located such that there is undisturbed flow in the area of
the tap. Thus, there should not be any device or component which could cause flow
disturbance for a distance of at least 10 pipe diameters upstream and downstream
distances should be no less than one foot.
Thermowells should generally be mounted on the top center line of horizontal process
piping. Thermowells should generally be located at least 5 pipe diameters or one foot
(whichever is greater) downstream of any instrument pressure tap or flow tap.
8.8.3.4
Piping Supports
Hangers and supports shall be located such that sags and low spots in piping are avoided.
The design shall consider the relative motion that may exist between pieces of equipment
due to thermal expansion and/or vibration. As necessary, the Facility shall include
expansion loops where required.
8.8.4.
Air Piping, Fittings, and Pneumatic Devices
All instrument air piping shall have low point drains and all vertical risers shall have
collection pots and drains.
Instrument air secondary branch headers for the supply of instrument air to analog control
equipment shall not be used to supply solenoid valve operated air cylinders.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 146 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
An air filter pressure regulator with outlet gauge shall be supplied for each individual
instrument air user. The air filter pressure regulators shall be mounted on the instrument
air piping near the end user using a flexible hose connection between the regulator and
the end user.
All instrument air piping and tubing shall be purged of extraneous material by blowing
clean, dry, oil-free air through the system before final connection.
All pipe threaded fittings using either Loktite, pipe sealant with Teflon or Teflon tape to
seal the connection. The use of lead base pipe dope is not acceptable.
8.9.
Steam/Water Sampling and Analysis
The sampling and analysis system shall be provided to monitor the quality and detect any
deviation from control limits so that corrective action can be taken.
Grab samples are taken from various points for analysis.
8.10.
Vibration Monitoring System
State-of-the-art vibration monitoring equipment shall be provided for the CTG and all
large rotating machinery, including motors and pumps/fans over 500 bhp. The vibration
system shall be complete with vibration sensors and monitors. The vibration information
shall be available to the operator, maintenance people, and plant engineer’s office.
8.11.
Plant Siren System
The Seller shall provide a plant siren system, which shall provide a sound level minimum
of 5dB above ambient levels through out the plant.
Consideration shall be given to which type of loudspeakers is more suitable for the
environment to which they will be subjected.
8.12.
Instrument Calibration
All instruments shall be field calibrated per manufacturer’s specification after installation
at site. Calibration sheets shall be completed and handed over to the Purchaser for records
and for future use. All instrumentation used in testing shall be calibrated within 60 days
of a test.
8.13.
I&C Maintenance Area Requirements
An I&C area in the maintenance area shall provide for I&C maintenance. The Seller shall
furnish I&C area equipment which are generally needed in the I&C maintenance area.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 147 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The power feeds to the I&C Area shall not share a breaker with feeds to welding
machines or to mechanical equipment in the maintenance area.
9.
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
The civil and structural works shall include all investigations, assessments, permitting,
design, construction, testing, inspection, etc. activities as required to complete the Facility
in accordance with the minimum requirements of this specification and the requirements
of all local, state and Federal codes and regulations.
9.1.
Design Criteria
Unless superseded by law or regulation, these design criteria will govern the
requirements regarding dead and live loads, other loads, and loading combinations in the
design of structures. The loads specified herein are the minimum loads to be considered
in the design.
Steel structures will be designed by either the working stress method (ASD) or load
reduction factor method (LRFD).
Reinforced concrete structures will be designed by the ultimate strength method.
9.1.1.
Dead Loads
Dead loads shall be considered as the weight of all permanent construction, including
walls, floors, ceilings, stairways, all fixed empty vessels and equipment, built-in
partitions, structures, fireproofing, insulation, piping, and electrical conduits.
9.1.2.
Live Loads
Live loads shall be defined as those loads produced by the use and occupancy of the
buildings or other structures and do not include environmental loads such as wind load,
snow load, rain load, earthquake load, or dead load. Live loads on a roof are those
produced (1) during maintenance by workers, equipment, and materials and (2) during
the life of the structure by movable objects. Live loads shall be uniformly distributed over
the horizontal projection of the specified areas, and shall have the minimum values noted
below:
9.1.2.1
Platforms, Walkways and Stairs
A uniform live load of 100 psf will be used. In addition, a concentrated load of 2 kips will
be applied concurrently to the supporting beams to maximize stresses in the members, but
the reactions from the concentrated loads will not be carried to columns.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 148 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
A uniform load of 50 psf will be used to account for piping and cable trays where
applicable. Where the piping and cable tray loads exceed 50 psf, the actual loads will be
used.
9.1.2.2
Pipe Racks
A minimum uniform load of 100 psf will be used for each level of the pipe racks. Where
the piping and cable tray loads exceed 100 psf, the actual loads will be used. In addition,
a concentrated load of 5 kips will be applied concurrently to the supporting beams to
maximize stresses in the members, but the reactions from the concentrated loads will not
be carried to columns.
Hangers for piping and equipment loadings, anchor forces and other restraining forces
will be determined by engineering analysis. In areas where numerous miscellaneous
small bore piping, conduit and cable tray loads will exist, an additional uniform load to
be determined by the structural engineer will be added to the design loads.
9.1.2.3
Ground Floor (Slab at Grade)
Design will be based on equipment weight, storage or laydown weight or a uniform load
of 250 psf, whichever is greater.
9.1.2.4
Thermal Forces
Thermal forces caused by thermal expansion of equipment and piping under all operating
conditions will be considered.
When portions of a structure are not free to expand or contract under temperature
variations, allowance will be made for stresses resulting from temperature change. When
portions of a structure are subject to unequal temperature variations, allowance will be
made for stresses resulting from the variation.
9.1.2.5
Dynamic loads
Dynamic loads will be considered and applied in accordance with the manufacturer,
specifications, criteria, recommendations and industry standards.
Vibration Load shall be defined as those forces that are caused by vibrating machinery
such as pumps, blowers, fans and compressors, and turbine generators.
All supports and foundations for vibrating equipment shall be designed to dampen
vibrations and as required by the equipment manufacturers.
Where applicable, arising from multiple rotating machinery installations produce
dynamic effects and are supported by or communicated to a framework, allowance will
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 149 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
be made for such dynamic effects, including impact, by increasing the computed live load
value by an adequate percentage.
For structures supporting elevators, machinery or craneways, design for impact shall be
as required by ASCE 7-95.
9.1.2.6
Truck Loads
Roads, pavements, underground piping, conduits, sumps and foundations subject to truck
traffic will be designed for HS-20-44 loadings in accordance with AASHTO Standard
Specifications.
A surcharge load of 250 psf will be applied to the Facility structures where accessible to
truck traffic.
9.1.2.7
Wind Loads
All structures will be designed for a basic wind velocity shown in Section 1.12.3.
9.1.2.8
Seismic Loads
Structures will be seismically designed in accordance with the requirements of the State
of California
9.1.2.9
Other Loads
Other loads used to predict the structural response of structures include hypothetical loads
representing the influence of piping, including water hammer, and loads at anchor points
and electrical installations not included in the normal dead or live loads. Pressure or
suction loads such as encountered in ductwork will be taken into account, including
dynamic loads from operating equipment.
Earth Pressures shall be defined as the active and passive lateral forces associated with
soil and hydrostatic pressures.
Handrails/guardrails for stairs, platforms or other uses shall be designed to withstand a
lateral load of 20 plf or 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top of the
rail.
9.1.2.10
Allowable Stresses
 Concrete:
In accordance with ACI 318 Code
 Masonry:
In accordance with the California State Building Code
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 150 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.1.2.11
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Load Combinations
Appropriate loading combinations will be used for structural steel and reinforced
concrete to comply with applicable codes and standards, and vendor requirements.
9.1.2.12
Factor of Safety
Minimum factors of safety for all structures, tanks, and equipment supports will be as
shown below:
9.2.
 Overturning
1.50
 Sliding
1.10 for seismic load
1.50 for wind load
 Buoyancy
1.25
 Uplift due to wind
1.50
Site Preparation
Site preparation shall consist of clearing and grubbing and the placing and compaction of
fill with slopes and embankments designed in such a fashion as to be stable and capable
of carrying anticipated loads from either equipment or structures.
Materials from clearing and grubbing operations will either be removed from the jobsite
and be properly disposed of or, if suitable, reused on site.
Erosion and sediment control measures shall be taken on a site wide basis to prevent or
minimize erosion and sediment transportation associated with the new construction.
Measures shall be in accordance with applicable codes, regulations and permits.
Root mats will be removed to a depth of not less than 6 inches below existing grade, and
holes will be refilled with material suitable for embankment and compacted.
Environmentally sensitive areas will be identified and protected during construction
9.3.
Geotechnical Investigations
A detailed soils investigation shall be preformed, which shall be the basis for plant
foundation work. The results of the investigation and recommendations shall be
documented in an engineering report certified by a geotechnical engineer who is familiar
with the various types of soils that exist in the area of the facility including the geologic
and seismic conditions. The certified geotechnical report shall be made available to the
Purchaser for information. The Seller shall be responsible for and assumes all risks
associated with the site selection including but not limited to variations in soil quality,
seismic conditions, contamination, etc.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 151 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The site preparation work and foundation selection shall be engineered to mitigate any
effects of soil shrinkage and expansion and settlements. If necessary, soil stabilization,
remediation, and/or piles shall be provided in the power block areas and other areas as
required to ensure settlements and differential settlements are acceptable with respect to
all settlement sensitive equipment including, but not limited to, the turbines.
The soils investigation shall also determine if the soils are corrosive to buried ferrous
metals. The Facility shall include appropriate corrosion protection for all buried pipes in
accordance with good engineering practice and this specification.
9.4.
Surveying
The Seller shall perform the following:
 Provide property survey and a property map of the site area and any required
surveying outside the site boundary, if required.
 Ensure that the plant arrangement, including the switchyard area, is within the
property boundaries including set back requirements as well as any easement
restrictions including any drainage or utility easements.
Survey the site and applicable offsite areas for underground lines, facilities or
obstructions.
9.5.
Site Development and Earth work
The site shall be developed as required for both the initial construction and the final
operating conditions of the Facility. The initial earthwork services shall be performed
based on the results of the geotechnical investigations and topographical surveys.
However, the final site work shall meet all minimum requirements of this specification
and as required by the detailed plant layout. The final site elevation shall be graded to
above 100 year flood level. Site preparation shall consist of clearing and grubbing and the
placing and compaction of fill with slopes and embankments designed in such a fashion
as to be stable and capable of carrying anticipated loads from either equipment or
structures.
9.6.
Temporary Construction Facilities
The Seller shall provide all temporary facilities required to construct the facility including
the items noted below. All temporary facilities shall be removed as required or upgraded
to meet the final plant requirements.
Installation and maintenance of temporary construction access road
Installation and maintenance of construction parking and construction laydown areas
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 152 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Construction trailers and facilities as required by construction, testing, inspection,
engineering, supervision, management, etc. personnel
Adequate space shall be provided for Seller provided temporary trailer(s) for Purchaser’s
construction and operation staff. Trailers shall be equipped with temporary furnishing,
HVAC and set up for phone and high speed internet access during plant
construction/commissioning until turnover, located on site, in close proximity to the
power block construction and to the Contractor’s and Seller’s management and
supervisory personnel trailers.
Use of or improvement of existing railroad spur close to the facility to allow off-loading
of equipment, if required. Improvements to existing roads to transport equipment from
the available spur to the site (if applicable).
Improvements to existing roads to transport equipment to the site, either temporary for
construction purposes or permanent to support plant maintenance and operation activities.
Construction of temporary drainage facilities
Providing temporary erosion control during earthwork
Final grading and cleanup after the Facility is essentially complete
Restoration of all areas affected by the construction of access road, parking, and laydown
areas following project completion (as required by Seller’s agreements)
9.7.
Facility Grading
Facility grading includes the following items:
 Shape the natural grade as required to accommodate permanent Facility equipment
and construction facilities while minimizing earthwork
 Obtain proper cross section, longitudinal slopes, and curvature for roads
 Raise grade if necessary to eliminate flooding from external water courses due to the
100-year rainfall. The 100-year runoff from up hill drainage areas shall be diverted
around the Facility and returned to the natural drainage course in a manner
acceptable to the permitting agency. The plant grade shall be located at least [3] feet
above 100-year flood level
 Construct adequate in-plant surface drainage to discharge the 10-year runoff without
flooding roads and the 50-year runoff without flooding plant facilities
 Excavation for storm water pond dikes
 Obtain proper area slopes to provide drainage without ponding.
 Construct stable, erosion-resistant earthen side slopes
 Preparation of sub-grade for foundations, including consolidation, soil remediation,
mass excavation and backfill, pile driving, etc. as required to mitigate unacceptable
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 153 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
settlements and to provide sound bearing for the facilities. These provisions shall
meet or exceed the requirements noted in the geotechnical report.
 Preparation of sub-grade to receive fills, where required
 Prepare site grading that shall incorporate site slope, site drainage, road and erosion
protection
 Root mats will be removed to a depth of not less than 6 inches below existing grade,
and holes will be refilled with material suitable for embankment and compacted.
 Environmentally sensitive areas will be identified and protected during construction.
9.7.1.
Earthwork
Excavation, grading, backfilling, and compaction will be performed as dictated by the
soil characteristics of the site, geotechnical study, the Facility design criteria, applicable
codes and standards, and good engineering practices. Earthwork will be performed in
accordance with applicable regulations and permits.
The work will include removing and disposing of unsuitable materials such as organic
matter from areas on which fill is to be placed, and excavating and deposing of materials
from areas where existing grade is to be raised. Grading of cuts, fills, and drainage
ditches will be provided as required.
At no time will filling operations proceed when the ground or fill material is water
soaked.
9.7.1.1
Grading
Graded areas shall be smooth, compacted, free from irregular surface changes, and sloped
to drain.
Final grade adjacent to equipment and buildings will be at least 8 inches below finished
floor slab unless otherwise specified, and will be sloped away from the building to
maintain proper drainage.
Finish site grading shall be adequately established to deter surface pooling and promote
surface drainage away from equipment and structures.
9.7.1.2
Backfilling
Areas to be backfilled will be prepared by removing unsuitable material and rocks. The
bottom of an excavation will be examined for loose or soft areas. Such areas will be
excavated fully and backfilled with compacted fill.
Backfilling will be done in layers of uniform, specified thickness. Soil in each layer will
be properly moistened to facilitate compaction to achieve the specified density. In order
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 154 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
to verify compaction, representative field density and moisture-content tests will be taken
during compaction.
Granular load-bearing backfill will be sound, durable crushed rock, clean sand and/or
gravel.
Selected suitable backfill material will be available at the site or borrowed as required to
satisfy Facility design criteria.
Trench bedding material will be clean sand, as required.
Where it is necessary to remove only a portion of the unsuitable materials and backfill,
the backfilling operation will begin by stabilizing the existing materials to enable
proofrolling or normal construction equipment to operate thereon.
9.7.1.3
Compaction
Structural fill supporting foundations, roads, and parking areas, shall be compacted to a
minimum of 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density in accordance with
ASTM D1557. Embankments, dikes, and backfill surrounding structures shall be
compacted to a minimum of 90%. General backfill shall be compacted to at least 85%.
Areas compacted by hand-operated mechanical tampers shall be compacted to the same
minimum compaction as the rest of the fill. Care shall be taken so that the fill in these
areas is integral with the rest of the fill.
9.7.2.
Clearing and Grubbing
Areas to be graded shall be cleared of all vegetation. Waste from clearing shall be
disposed of offsite in accordance with state and local regulatory requirements.
9.7.3.
Stripping
All topsoil and other organic materials shall be stripped from the areas to be graded
before starting earthwork. Topsoil shall be placed in a temporary stockpile for later
recovery and use for landscaping the site. The stockpile shall be provided with temporary
erosion control facilities. Unused materials shall be disposed of offsite unless approved
by the Purchaser.
9.7.4.
Disposal of Unusable Soils
Excavated materials unusable for fills shall be spread on site. These materials shall be
graded so as to not interfere with proper drainage off the site nor result in the creation of
any potential wetlands. Any material unsuitable for reuse shall be disposed off-site in
accordance with the requirements of state and local authorities.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 155 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.7.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Erosion Control
Temporary facilities shall be provided for control of erosion and turbid runoff during
earthwork operations and from graded areas until they are stabilized. Temporary facilities
shall be acceptable to local authorities. The Seller shall be responsible for obtaining any
necessary erosion control permits.
Permanent erosion control facilities for surface runoff as required for ditches and slopes,
such as riprap, headwalls, grass, rock surfacing and slope pavement shall be provided and
acceptable to regulatory agencies and Purchaser.
All excavations shall be carried out and supported in such a manner as to prevent
flooding or ponding of water, damage or interference to structure, services or stored
equipment/materials.
Excavations for foundations shall be sealed with a concrete mud mat or seal slab, if
required, as soon as possible after being excavated and inspected.
Fill materials shall be suitable for the intended purpose and shall not include materials
hazardous to health, material susceptible to attack by ground or groundwater chemicals,
material susceptible to swelling or shrinkage under changes in moisture content, highly
organic or chemically contaminated materials or any other unacceptable materials. The
Seller is solely responsible for the removal or replacement of existing contaminated soil,
buried debris or foundations whether or not the Purchaser is aware of contaminated soils
or unacceptable soils on site.
Compaction of fill materials shall be carried out as soon as practicable after deposition of
fill materials. Fill shall be compacted to the densities appropriate to the design
requirements, fill type and depth of layers.
9.7.6.
Existing Underground Facilities
The Seller shall be totally responsible for identification, disposition, redesign, relocation,
removal, etc. of any underground lines, utilities, obstructions, etc. that are present within
the Facility, or outside the Facility if work is to be performed outside the Facility.
Normal precautionary procedures shall be used when excavating to mitigate the potential
for property damage or personal injury should unknown obstructions or materials exist.
9.8.
Access
The Seller is responsible for the heavy haul route and for any necessary improvements.
The Seller shall coordinate this work with other entities as required.
9.9.
Water Discharge Systems
The Facility shall be provided with the following water drainage and discharge systems:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 156 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Clean storm water discharge system
 Oil-contaminated water discharge system
 Process wastewater discharge system
 Sanitary wastewater discharge system
9.9.1
Clean Storm Water Discharge System
Storm water within the project site, that drains areas that do not contain oil or chemical
containing equipment and tanks, or are not areas of loading for oil or chemicals, shall be
collected in a storm water drainage system. Effluent shall be conveyed and discharged
into the natural drainage course in accordance with 40 CFR Part 43 and the requirements
of the Facility’s NPDES permit. The Seller shall obtain any required discharge permit
Stormwater management practices will follow the California Storm Water Quality
Association (CASQA) California Storm Water BMP Handbook, Sections TC-20 and TC22. Anticipated storm runoff is estimated at approximately 1.46 inches per hour under a
50-year storm event.
Surface drainage systems inside the Facility shall be sized to discharge the 10-year,
24-hour runoff without flooding roads and the 50-year, 24-hour storm event without
flooding the Facility and equipment. The storm events shall be as defined by U.S.
Department of Commerce, Technical Paper No. 40, Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the
United States, or local regulations if more stringent.
The following areas shall be provided with a storm drainage system:
 Entire power block area within the loop road around equipment
 Administration/control/maintenance building and adjacent parking lot
 Building roof drains
The storm drainage system consists of catch basins for collecting surface water and an
underground piping system with manholes at all junction points and turns.
The storm water runoff system shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
ASCE Manual No. 77 - ”Design and Construction of Urban Storm Water Management
Systems” or local jurisdictional code whichever is most stringent.
Roof drains from the administration/control/maintenance building, shall discharge
directly into a storm water dischage system and not flow over parking lots, ground slabs,
etc.
All areas not drained via storm discharge system shall be drained via an open ditch
system consisting of trapezoidal ditches with culverts at roads.
When culverts are utilized, the inlets and outlets shall be provided with permanent
erosion protection.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 157 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The slope angle for ditch side slopes shall not exceed 3H to 1V. If a steeper slope is
provided, appropriate slope protection shall be provided.
9.9.2
Oil-Contaminated Discharge Systems
An oil water system shall be provided to collect discharges from areas which have
potential for oil contamination, including the following:
 Floor and equipment drains with the potential for contamination with oily wastes
 Turbine area floor and equipment drains
 Feed pumps
 Maintenance area (including air compressor room/ area)
 Storage area (Lube oil drums)
Areas where only minor oil leakage is possible shall have equipment skid attached
containment for local collection and subsequent cleanup, when required.
Oil contaminated runoff shall be directed by gravity to an oil water separator. Oil water
separator effluent shall be combined with other onsite wastewater streams and routed to
the wastewater sump. The oil water separator shall be provided with sludge removal
facilities and if required an integral effluent pump structure. The following shall be
provided:
 One double-wall steel oil separator shall be provided
 Coalescing plates providing 15 mg/l effluent quality
 Waste oil transfer pump to transfer oil to a tank truck for disposal
 Packaged effluent lift station with two 100%-capacity pumps
 Pipeline to transport effluent to the wastewater sump
All equipment, having the potential to spill oil and not buried underground, shall be
contained in a curbed area in order to prevent spillage.
Underground gravity lines carrying oily wastewater will require double containment
piping.
General plant oily waters shall be collected in an oily water collection system. These
waters include oily equipment drains from the combustion turbine area, fire pumps and
workshop oily drains.
Oily waste from the transformer areas shall be collected in a transformer oil collection
basin. The oil collected in the basin shall be pumped out periodically.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 158 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.9.3
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Process Wastewater Discharge System
Discharges to the process wastewater system shall be non-oily wastewater with a
potential for chemical contamination. These include equipment drains such as area or
building drains that contain potentially chemical contaminated runoff. These areas shall
be collected using floor drains, trenches or sumps and piped to the wastewater sump. At a
minimum the following areas shall be included.
 Water treatment facility floor and equipment drains
 Chemical bulk storage area building drains
 Chemical tank spill containment area drains
 Chemical truck spill containment area drains
 Sample panel building drains
 Chemical lab sink drain
 Battery room emergency shower and eye wash drains
Batteries shall be provided with a curbed containment within the battery room.
Process wastewater, including blowdown and equipment drains shall be pumped to
wastewater sump. Major discharges shall be contained and cleaned up as required.
Miscellaneous Valved Storm-Water Runoff
Transformer spill containment basins shall have a sump with valved outlet for draining
collected rainwater to the clean storm water runoff drainage system.
Plant process water is supplied by PG&E Well No. 2. Key plant process uses include
engine cooling systems (air radiators), closed cooling water system for auxiliary
equipment, preheating for jacket water and turbine washing. Drips from process water
that has been used in engine cooling, liquid that has dripped from seals, condensate from
compressors, and area wash downs are all collected in a system of floor drains, hub
drains and piping routed to one of the five oily water collection pits. The level in these
sumps is routinely monitored. Accumulated liquid is periodically pumped to the oily
water separator. Accumulated sludge is removed by a licensed hazardous waste
transporter to a permitted recycling facility or hazardous waste disposal site. Due to the
small amounts of discharge and the disposal method, the amounts of liquid discharge (
0.32 gpm) would be less-than-significant.
9.9.4
Sanitary Wastewater Discharge System
The sanitary discharge for each building shall be collected. Sanitary wastewater shall be
collected by gravity, discharged to a lift station, if required, and preferably pumped to the
nearest off-site connection point available in the local jurisdiction’s sanitary waste
system. The system shall be designed and installed in accordance with all state and local
requirements. If applicable the Seller shall contract with the local jurisdiction to receive
sanitary sewer discharge from the Facility at a price acceptable to Purchaser. Sanitary
lines shall be of PVC pipes and shall meet the building codes for the local jurisdiction.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 159 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Alternatives to sanitary wastewater collection may be as follows, subject to approval by
Purchaser and to meeting all local and state requirements and permitting restrictions:
 Septic treatment system, and discharged via percolation into the ground.
 Packaged sanitary wastewater treatment plant and then discharged to a natural water
course or through cooling water blowdown discharge facilities.
 Waste stabilization pond and discharged to a natural water course.
9.10.
Roads, Parking Lots, and Walkways
The plant roads shall be asphalt concrete on sub-base of properly stabilized soil aggregate
mixture. All other areas around and below the power block equipment shall be
bituminous asphalt on sub-base of properly stabilized soil aggregate mixture. The paving
and sub-base thickness shall be based on design and construction traffic loads. The main
plant road shall be a minimum of 25 feet wide. The road inside of the switchyard area
may be rock surfaced only. All road surfaces shall be designed and paved to allow for
proper drainage (puddling of water is not acceptable) and to allow transportation of heavy
equipment and materials throughout the plant.
Where mobile cranes will be located for lifting of heavy equipment associated with the
combustion and steam turbines, a single concrete pad shall be provided per crane
position. Pad area shall be sufficient to enable crane adjustment for lifting.
9.10.1.
Facility Roads
The main Facility access road shall be connected to an existing terminal point of an
adjacent public access road to the Facility. Similarly, a secondary (emergency) plant
access road shall also be provided and connected to an alternate public access road or as
approved by the Purchaser. These intersections and roads shall meet all applicable local,
county and state requirements and shall be approved by local authorities as required.
A looped interior Facility road shall be provided around the power block area. Other
interior Facility roads shall be provided where access is required to equipment, pump
structures, or entrances to buildings or enclosures. The location and extent of facility
roads shall be indicated on a General Arrangement Site Development Plan drawing
provided by the Seller to the Purchaser for approval.
9.10.2.
Road Width and Clearance Requirements
The minimum road widths shall be as follows:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 160 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Road
Total Width (ft)
Paved Width (ft)
Shoulder Width (ft)
Access Roads
33
25
4
Interior Roads
26
20
3
Entrances to Enclosures
22
16
3
Clearance requirements over roads shall be 22 vertical feet from high point of road to
bottom of lowest overhead obstruction. Side clearance, from centerline of road to any
significant off-road obstruction shall be 20 feet.
9.10.3.
Road Pavement
Road pavements shall be designed for AASHTO H-20 truck loads and loads and be
capable of supporting a 65-ton wheel-mounted maintenance crane.
Parking lot pavement and all accessible areas of the power block shall be designed for
passenger cars and light trucks.
Design life of the asphalt pavement shall be 10 years.
9.10.4.
Parking Lots
Paved parking lots for passenger cars and light trucks shall be provided adjacent to the
control room, administration, maintenance, warehouse, and water treatment areas. The
number of spaces shall be based on the number of plant personnel plus additional space
for visitors and shift turnover as well as spaces required by regulatory agencies.
Stalls shall be 90 degree angle, 10 feet wide, 19 feet long.
At least one stall shall be provided for handicap parking in close proximity of the control,
administration, and maintenance areas. Handicap stalls and location shall comply with
requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and local regulations.
All stalls shall be concrete or asphalt paved, striped, provided with precast concrete
wheel stops and signage as required.
9.10.5.
Chemical Unloading
Chemical unloading areas including truck pads shall be contained to prevent releases
from entering the environment. Appropriate coatings shall be provided inside the
containment areas.
9.10.6.
Facility Area Surfacing
Final area surfacing shall be provided as follows:
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 161 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Type
Minimum
Thickness
Location
Reinforced concrete
8 in.
All chemical truck unloading and spill
containment areas for water treatment
chemicals and other hazardous chemicals
20 ft width in front of all roll-up doors
Maintenance pads around equipment
required for maneuvering and positioning
cranes, fork lifts and other wheeledvehicles
Access areas to equipment (see below)
Wire mesh reinforced
concrete
4 in.
5.0 ft wide sidewalks between building
doors
Parking areas, and adjacent to parking
areas
All areas around and under equipment
within the power block
Base material or crushed
rock area surfacing (well
graded material with
maximum size of 1”)
(ASTM D2940, ASTM
D448, Size No. 57 or
similar)
Design cross
section
providing
adequate load
bearing
capacity for
equipment and
vehicular traffic
All unpaved areas outside the loop road
with the potential to support maintenance
equipment, mobile cranes, fork lifts and
other wheeled vehicles
Base material or crushed
road area surfacing (wellgraded material with
maximum size of 1”,
ASTM D448, Size No. 57
or similar. Color or
gradation to be
distinguishable from
drivable surface areas).
4 inches
All areas loop road not requiring vehicular
access
Crushed rock area
surfacing (ASTM D448,
size no. 3)
Design cross
section
providing
adequate load
bearing
capacity for
equipment, 8
inches
minimum
25 feet minimum on all unpaved sides of
the cooling tower or width as required to
run cranes used to remove fans, blades
and motors.
Seeding or other
appropriate ground cover
N/A
All disturbed areas outside of the power
block or otherwise unpaved or surfaced
Interior of the switchyard (if allowed)
Unpaved access pathways from loop road
to equipment, enclosures
Areas requiring vegetative control, if
required
Ditches
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 162 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.10.7.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Type
Minimum
Thickness
Location
Crushed rock
Good
Engineering
standard
Construction laydown areas
Surfacing Plan
The paving plan including cross-section shall be drawn on a copy of the general
arrangement drawing. Asphalt and crushed rock surfaces shall be provided as required by
Seller provided- Purchaser approved operation and maintenance plan.
Space shall be available and identified on the Facility site for maintenance laydown. This
space shall be indicated in the paving plan.
9.11.
Landscaping
The Facility shall include any landscaping of the facility as required by local
requirements, zoning, permitting, or authorities. As a minimum, landscaping (with
automatic irrigation systems) and signage shall be provided at the entrances, and
landscaping adjacent to the administrative building areas.
9.12.
Fencing and Signage
The plant property lines shall be identified with appropriate signage and fence.
Security fencing shall be provided around the entire Facility area with separate security
fencing around the entire switchyard.
Site perimeter fencing shall be six foot-high chain link topped by an extension arm
holding three strands of barbed wire at 45 facing out. (Fencing shall have pipe line posts
at maximum 10'-0" centers, and a top and bottom tension wire.) Chain link fence, holding
three strands of barbed wire, shall be recessed 1'-0" minimum inside the property line.
All posts, rails, fabric, wire, and gates shall be galvanized. Interior road gates and
secondary plant access gates shall be 6foot high by 25 foot wide manually operated
double swing gates. A secondary gate with lock shall be provided. The secondary gate
location shall be reviewed and accepted by the Purchaser.
The fencing shall be grounded.
The gate across the main access road to the Facility shall be motor-operated slide gate
designed for use on a gate for an industrial facility. Gate shall be designed to be operated
both from the control room and locally using a card reader. A permanent goose-neck
mounted card reader, standard mounted lighting fixture, an intercom and a fixed camera
for viewing persons using the card reader/intercom shall be provided at the main gate. A
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 163 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
gatehouse sufficient for 2 people with HVAC and communications (video to plant
security systems and phone line)]
The storm water pond shall be isolated and locked separately, if required by local
building officials.
The switchyard fencing shall be eight feet high and shall be considered independent of
the Facility. The gates entering the switchyard shall be manually-operated gates. Fencing
layout, including gates, shall be shown on the design drawings.
The fence shall be grounded to limit step potentials below the permissible touch levels of
IEEE 80.
Rights-of-way shall be marked as required by code and law.
9.13.
Buildings
The Seller shall supply and install all buildings as required for the facility. These
buildings shall include control and maintenance building, water treatment building,
electrical switchgear building, gas compressor building, and switchyard control building.
Power generation equipment need not be placed inside buildings provided the equipment
is supplied with adequate enclosures and is suitably protected from the environment
conditions at the site and maintenance work can be safely and efficiently performed.
Noise attenuation measures shall be provided to meet all local, state and Federal
requirements.
These buildings may be a pre-engineered building, provided all specified design criteria
are satisfied as well as requirements by local, state and federal building codes and
permitting agencies. Pre-engineered buildings shall be designed as partially enclosed in
accordance with the requirements of the MBMA Low Rise Building Systems Manual.
The miscellaneous electrical equipment enclosures for the CEMs, Switchgear, MCCs,
PDCs, fire water pump, etc. may be, modular, insulated weather-tight structures
purchased with the equipment, provided all specified design criteria are satisfied in
appropriate sections of this specification.
9.13.1.
Location and Footprint of Buildings
The control and maintenance building shall be located in a centralized area in close
proximity with the power block.
Plant buildings shall be designed to accommodate no less than the specified number of
employees as determined in the plant pro forma.
Plant buildings shall be sized appropriately for a 30-year plant service life.
Adequate chemical storage space shall be provided for 30 days of operation.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 164 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Buildings shall be adequately sized and designed for ease of removal of large equipment .
9.13.2.
Building Requirements and Sizes
The control and maintenance areas shall be arranged to provide sufficient space for plant
operations and maintenance activities. These areas may be combined into one building
(and may be one or two stories with a high-bay/low-bay arrangement). The maintenance
area shall be designed with 20-foot (minimum) eave height. The control room, electrical
switchgear room, battery room, instrument and electronics area shall have minimum
14-foot eave height.
The building(s) shall house areas including the control room, control equipment room,
battery room, electrical equipment, communications room, and maintenance area
including an I&C area. These building will be an enclosed, weather tight building. The
high-bay areas will contain the plant maintenance area and shall include a roll-up steel
door(s) to accept large pieces of equipment. The low-bay areas will contain the station
control room, battery room, electronics room, offices, and washroom and locker area.
The control and maintenance areas shall be provided with power receptacles and
telephone and communications connections, as required and applicable. The
maintenance area shall be provided with service and instrument air drops, service water
drops, and welding stations. The quantity and locations are subject to Purchaser
approval.
The offices, control, and maintenance areas shall be designed to meet the requirements of
the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), unless additional areas are required by local
or state authorities.
Space allocation for the various buildings and work areas are as follows. Building and
work areas sizes are approximate and will be finalized during the detailed design phase of
the project
Buildings and Work Areas
Size (Sq Ft)
Minimum Inside
Height (ft)
Control and Maintenance Building
5,000
10
Water Treatment Building
5,000
18
Gas Compressor Building
As required
20
Electrical Switchgear Building
As required
10
Switchyard Control House
As required
10
Control Room
800
10
DCS Room
400
10
Buildings
Control and Maintenance Building Rooms
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 165 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.13.2.1
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Buildings and Work Areas
Size (Sq Ft)
Minimum Inside
Height (ft)
Communication Room
150
10
Men’s Locker Room and Restroom
200
8
Women’s Locker Room and Restroom
200
8
Lunch Room & Kitchen
250
8
File Room
200
8
Conference Room
400
8
Production Supervisor’s Office
200
8
Two Staff Offices (size per office)
150
8
Storage Closet
40
8
Janitor’s Closet
40
8
I&C Area
250
8
Maintenance Area
1,000
18
Control and Maintenance Building
The control and maintenance building shall include control room, office space and area
facilities for all plant employees.
The control room will be sized for complete access to the control equipment and direct
access to the site for operations. The room will be equipped with a raised computer floor
a minimum of 12 inches above the recessed monolithic concrete floor unless otherwise
approved by the Purchaser. The room will have incandescent lighting placed to reduce
glare on the computer screens. Windows with window treatments will be provided,
located to allow viewing of the power block area. Wiring for the control equipment will
be behind walls or under the floor. Exposed conduits, will not be allowed in the control
room. Electrical panels located in the control room will be wall-mounted units. Conduits
and wiring shall not be exposed. No floor mounted panels are allowed.
The building will include offices for plant personnel, janitorial closet, storage closet, file
room, lunch area, conference room, kitchen (with cabinets, fixtures, and appliances),
maintenance area including I&C area, and men’s and women’s restrooms and locker
rooms. The control room area will include the control room, DCS room, and
communications room.
The facility shall include personnel doors and two sixteen-foot high by twelve-foot wide
electric roll-up doors. The roll-up doors will be located to facilitate truck and forklift
access to the maintenance area. Translucent panel skylights will be provided.
Reinforced concrete grade slabs in the maintenance area and I&C area will be treated
with a floor hardener and oil-resistant sealer to accommodate maintenance or laydown.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 166 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Interior partitions will be gypsum wallboard on metal studs. The walls between
maintenance area and I&C area will be CMU material. The maintenance building will be
an exposed structure, but the walls will have 10’ high interior liners to protect insulation.
Floor drains will be provided under the raised computer floor of the control room and in
the maintenance area, I&C area, and restrooms. The men’s and women’s restrooms will
be tiled and will be provided with full-size lockers (20 for men and 10 for women),
benches, and showers.
A minimum of 15’ x 15’ reinforced concrete foundation, curbed and drained to the oil
water separator, shall be provided adjacent to the building for a drum storage area. The
building foundation shall have a grating covered trench which slopes to sump. The sump
and trench should be drained to the oily waste sewer system.
9.13.2.2
Electrical Switchgear Building
The electrical switchgear shall be housed in a building preferably located near the control
room. A reinforced concrete vault with checkered plate access covers will be provided
below the switchgear equipment to facilitate cable access. Access to the electrical room
will be provided by one 12 foot height by 10 foot wide roll-up door and double, hollowmetal fire rated doors to the outside. All areas will have an exposed structure with 10
foot wall liners to protect the insulation. The DC battery system will be located in the
electrical switchgear building.
9.13.2.3
Water Treatment Building
Water treatment building area shall have a minimum eave height 20-feet and as required
by equipment layout. The water treatment building will contain the water treatment
equipment, water and steam sampling panels, chemical laboratory, controls and electrical
equipment room, chemical storage area, and fire pump room. Three electric roll-up doors
will be provided to facilitate forklift access to the chemical storage areas and water
treatment equipment. A grating covered trench will be provided in the grade slab for
drain piping. Particular attention shall be focused on sloping floors and adding drains
around equipment to eliminate any pooling of water.
The interior of the water treatment building shall provide aisle space to maneuver a
forklift truck, and to include a waste water sump facility. The water treatment building
will be an open area with the exception of an electrical room and chemical laboratory.
These rooms will be constructed of painted masonry units with a precast concrete roof.
The monolithic concrete floor slab will have a chemical-resistant epoxy coating in areas
exposed to harsh chemicals. Particular attention shall be focused on sloping floors and
adding drains around equipment to eliminate any pooling of water. Reinforced concrete
containment walls and curbs will be provided where appropriate to contain potential
chemical spills. The area floor and equipment drains will be piped to a wastewater sump
pit. Truck access will be provided for off-loading acid and caustic materials.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 167 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
The chemical feed/sample panel building shall be sized for the equipment and to provide
storage space for a minimum of 30 days of operation. The monolithic concrete floor slab
will have a chemical-resistant epoxy coating in areas exposed to harsh chemicals.
Reinforced concrete curbs will be provided where appropriate to contain potential
chemical spills. The interior will be an open area. The exterior wall will be the interior
metal liner panel of the insulated metal siding. The metal liner panel shall extend the full
height of the wall.
Along the outer side of the water treatment area an oil and chemical storage area shall be
located. This area will be enclosed with a roof and two sides as a minimum. This area
will be bermed. The size of the oil and chemical storage area will be at least 100 square
feet with 8 foot height.
The fire pumphouse portion of the building will house the one electric fire water pump
and one diesel fire pump and one jockey pump. Access doors will be provided for
maintenance of the pumps.
9.13.2.4
Switchyard Control House
The switchyard control house shall be a single-story, insulated, pre-engineered metal
building supported on a reinforced concrete foundation. The building will contain the
relay protection panels and associated switchyard equipment and partitioned battery room
with appropriate ventilation. Interior wall liners shall be provided to protect the
insulation. The building will be provided with double doors sized to allow removal of
equipment. A concrete driveway/parking area will be provided to facilitate maintenance
access. Personnel access shall be through the switchyard fence side of the building.
9.13.3.
Architectural
All buildings shall be weather tight with insulated metal siding and standing-seam
roofing.
Buildings shall have insulated walls, roof, and ceilings designed to complement the
specific building area use and optimize HVAC system design. For example, air
conditioned areas shall use wallboard and non-air conditioned areas shall use 26 gauge
steel liner panels.
The outside of the exterior building panels shall have a baked-on Kynar 500, or
equivalent, coating system having a minimum of 70% Kynar resin. Wall insulation shall
use a minimum R-13 fiberglass blanket insulation with UL 25 vapor retardant. The wall
panel thickness shall be as required to provide an insulated wall heat transmission
coefficient "U" per ASTM C236 not greater than 0.10 btu/hr-ft2-F. The pre-fabricated
modular equipment enclosures shall have the supplier’s standard industrial finish. All
exterior doors shall have weather protection awnings or vestibules.
Roof slopes shall be within the range of ½ to 1 inch of rise per 12 inches of run. The
outside of the exterior panel shall have a baked-on Kynar 500, or equivalent, coating
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 168 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
system having a minimum of 70% Kynar resin. Minimum R-19 fiberglass blanket
insulation with UL 25 vapor retardant shall be used and attached to the ceiling with metal
components such that there shall be no sagging. Roof panel thickness and width shall be
as required to provide a "U" factor of 0.08 or less and gauge and shape of panels shall be
sufficient to withstand all design loadings without excessive deflection or vibration.
All buildings shall be provided with gutters and downspouts, routed to the storm drain
systems
Suspended lay-in acoustical tile ceilings, vinyl composition floor tile with resilient base
and recessed fluorescent lighting shall be provided in offices, restrooms, lunch room,
conference room, storage areas, electronics room, and the control room. Partitions in the
administration area will consist of painted gypsum board on each side of 3-5/8” metal
studs. A folding partition shall be installed in the lunchroom. High bays buildings such as
the maintenance area shall have high pressure sodium vapor lighting.
For high moisture areas, such as showers and locker rooms, ceilings shall have moisture
resistant, lay in tiles. Unglazed ceramic tile shall be used on floors in high moisture areas
such as locker rooms, showers and toilets.
Steel troweled surface hardened concrete shall be used in unfinished areas. Any chemical
containment areas shall be of concrete construction and use barrier coatings or linings as
required for the chemical environment.
All wall surfaces, ceilings, doors and frames shall be painted. The color scheme for the
project will be selected by the Purchaser from color samples submitted by the Seller.
Windows shall be manufacturer standard aluminum, factory tinted, used in commercial or
industrial applications, as appropriate.
Double doors with transoms shall be provided where required for equipment removal and
access.
Doors shall meet the requirements of Steel Door Institute-recommended specifications
100-91, Grade II, Model 2. Doors shall be heavy-duty seamless-composite construction
using 18 gauge galvanized face sheets. Door frames shall be formed of 16 gauge steel to
the sizes and shapes required. Doors for the pre-fabricated modular equipment enclosures
shall be the supplier’s standard for industrial applications.
Doors and frames in the outer limits of environmentally controlled areas shall be fully
insulated. Where fire doors are required, the door, frame, and hardware shall bear a
certification label from Underwriter’s Laboratories for the class of opening and rating.
Doors shall be finished with glass and glazing at the following locations: building entries
and exits, control room, laboratory, hallways, offices and any other high traffic areas
where viewing windows will help prevent the doors from being opened into oncoming
traffic. Glass and glazing shall conform to the requirements for glazing materials for
Category II products in accordance with the Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 169 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Materials 16 CFR 1201, and installed in accordance with the publications of the Flat
Glass Marketing Association.
The Seller shall provide locks on each door and ten (10) sets of a coordinated master key
set for all lockable panels, hatches, covers, doors, etc.
Rolling steel doors shall be interlocking galvanized steel slats to withstand a wind
pressure of 25 pounds per square foot. Doors shall be motor operated with manual
override and three push-button control.
The personnel access way to and from buildings shall be provided with canopies or
substantial overhangs to protect personnel from foul weather while entering and leaving
the buildings.
Fire rated assemblies shall be provided when required by building or fire codes.
Penetrations through partitions shall be provided with fire stops. Insulation shall be used
for sound and thermal control in walls between and around finished rooms and airconditioned areas.
The Seller shall supply all fixtures and appliances for the control/administration/
maintenance building. Seller shall provide commercial grade carpeting in all areas of the
administration building with the exception of the control room, DCS room,
communications room, restrooms, lunch room and kitchen areas. The carpet style and
color scheme for the project will be selected by the Purchaser from samples submitted by
the Seller.
The Seller shall provide interior furnishings as specified below. A list of furnishings and
manufacture catalog number shall be provided for Purchaser approval. Piping and
electrical conduit/equipment along the walls within the maintenance area shall be located
to maximize the amount of space available for shelving.
9.13.4.
Furnishings
As a minimum, the following furniture and equipment shall be provided:
 Each staff office: 1 desk with chair; file storage, 1 book case, 1 guest chair, 1
computer workstation with 1 personal computer and 1 laser jet printer, 1 white board
 Production Supervisor’s office: 1 desk with chair; file storage, 1 book case, 1 guest
chair, 1 computer workstation with 1 personal computer and 1 laser jet printer, 1
white board
 Conference Room: 1 conference table (no smaller than 4 ft x 8 ft) and chairs
(minimum of 10); credenza; TV, VCR, DVD player, projection screen, and overhead
projector.
 File Room: file storage cabinets
 Control Room: 2 Computer workstations including 2 personal computers and 3
printers. Necessary DCS workstations and printers.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 170 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Kitchen: All appliances including 1 refrigerator, 1 microwave oven, 1 oven/stove.
 Lunch/Room: 1 table (minimum size 4 ft by 4 ft) and chairs (minimum 4)
In addition, the following tools and equipment shall be provided:
 Laboratory: cabinets, bench, and testing equipment necessary to monitor cycle
chemistry and to conduct tests for environmental compliance.
 Maintenance Area: hand tools and tool boxes (1 set); shop benches; 1 drill press; 1
hydraulic press; 1 pipe threader machine; 1 band saw; rigging equipment (including
an assortment of slings, chain falls (including two 1 ton, 2 ton, 3 ton and 4 ton),
shackles, etc.; adequate supply of ladders; 1 A-frame structure on wheels for lifting;
portable hydraulic lift; complete set of pneumatic tools; impact guns (including a ½
inch, ¾ inch, and 1 inch); oxygen and acetylene cylinder kit; shelving and storage
devices, 1 computer workstations including 1 personal computers and 1 printer.
 I&C area: shop tools and test equipment including but not limited to the following:
I&C shop benches; 1 computer workstations including 1 personal computers and 1
printer; high voltage tester; clamp-on amp meters; megger; oscilloscope; amps
power station relay tester; Calvin bridge; pneumatic test bench; dead weight tester or
decade box; carbon pile high current breaker tester; analog meters, digital meters; 420 mA generators and receivers; temperature transmitters and receivers; temperature
calibrator; electronic transmitter communicator; and shelving and storage devices.
The following computer and telecom equipment shall be provided:
 Drawing management system; maintenance system; local area network; total of 7
personal computers and 7 printers; and telephones for each telephone connection.
9.13.5.
Building Systems
The Facility shall include ventilation and air conditioning for each building. All HVAC
and ventilation systems throughout the plant sized and installed appropriately for climate
and dust control as defined in other sections
9.14.
Foundations for Equipment and Structures
All equipment foundations and concrete structures shall be designed and built per
manufacturer’s criteria, soil investigation, and geotechnical report.
Soil stabilization, remediation, piles, etc. shall be provided as required for all plant
facilities including buried lines and facilities as required by the geotechnical investigation
report.
Foundation analysis and design shall be performed for the combustion turbine generator,
as recommended by the respective equipment manufacturers. All foundations designed
for rotating equipment shall be adequate, and shall not be subject to failure due to
induced vibration. Additionally, foundation for rotating equipment shall not result in
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 171 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
unreasonable vibration levels, consistent with good engineering practice or violate OEM
guidelines.
Foundation analysis for major equipment shall include the evaluation of total and
differential settlement. At grade, outdoor tank foundations may be ring-type or reinforced
concrete mat design. Tanks, equipment skids, pumps and supports shall be installed on
raised slabs or pads for corrosion protection.
Dynamic foundation analysis shall be performed for the turbine generators. The design
shall ensure that all foundations for rotating equipment are adequate, and will not be
subject to failure due to induced vibrations. Additionally, foundations for rotating
equipment shall not impart unreasonable vibration levels, consistent with normal utility
industry practice, as well as OEM guidelines and specifications, to surrounding
foundations and equipment
Grade floor elevation of buildings and the top of foundation for major outdoor equipment
at grade shall be at a minimum 6 inches above the high point of finished grade elevation.
All concrete shall be designed per applicable ACI standards.
Oil-filled transformer foundations shall have and integral reinforced concrete spill
containment area. Ground wires shall be embedded in foundations and stubbed up at their
final location to prevent a tripping hazard.
9.15.
Concrete Work
Concrete design shall be in accordance with the latest release of American Concrete
Institute (ACI), codes 318, 350, and 530.
Concrete design for the cooling tower basin, if required shall be appropriate for the
design water chemistry inside the basin.
Exposed concrete floors within the administration, control, warehouse, maintenance,
water treatment, chemical feed, and unloading areas are to have a brushed finish and be
sealed to impart chemical resistance where such exposure is possible.
Duct banks which run under roads and maintenance areas shall be adequately reinforced
to withstand anticipated loads.
9.16.
Masonry Work
Structural masonry shall be design in accordance with ACI - 530; “Building Code
Requirements for Masonry Structures.”
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 172 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.17.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Steel Work
The steel structure to be used for pipe racks, the combustion turbine enclosures and
warehouse/maintenance area shall be designed, fabricated, and erected in accordance
with American Institute of Steel Construction specification.
Bolts and nuts for galvanized structural steel shall be hot dipped galvanized or zinc
electroplated.
All hoist and monorail support beams shall be clearly marked with their rated capacity.
9.17.1.
Steel Grating and Steel Grating Stair Treads
The steel to be used for grating and grating treads will conform to either ASTM A 36 or
ASTM A 570. The ITW Ramset/Red Head Grating Disk system, or equivalent, will be
used for fastening. Stair treads will be provided with nonslip abrasive nosings. The treads
will have end plates for attaching to stringers. Grating will be of the rectangular type and
consist of welded steel construction. Grating will be hot dip galvanized after fabrication
in accordance with ASTM A 123. Outdoor grating will have a serrated surface. Grating
will have at least a 1-inch bearing support and will be designed for a minimum live load
of 100 psf. Deflection will be limited to 1/200 of the span.
Floor or platform openings around pressure vessels, piping, and equipment subject to
expansion will be protected as follows:
 Openings around penetrating objects exceeding 1-1/2 inches in width will be
protected by toe plates
 Openings around penetrating objects exceeding 8 inches in width will be protected
by toe plates and handrails
Cutouts required for any type of penetration, including those to be made in the field, will
be provided in the floor grating. Cutouts smaller than 6 inches will be banded with bars
as thick as the bearing bars. Cutouts 6 inches and larger will be banded with a 1/4-inchthick toe plate projecting 4 inches above the finished floor.
Additional support members for the larger opening will be provided as required.
The direction of bearing bars will be consistent within the floor framing system and they
will be aligned with the adjoining section.
At the joints, the end of one section will be banded to prevent other sections from
telescoping.
Surfaces on which the galvanized finish has been damaged, scratched, or defaced before
acceptance will be cleaned and touched up with galvanized repair paint in accordance
with the paint manufacturer's instructions.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 173 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
9.17.2.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Stairs and Ladders
Stairs will be provided for the purposes of traveling from one elevation to another.
Vertical ladders may be provided only where personnel access is infrequent. Safety cages
and/or other devices will be provided for fixed ladders per OSHA, and shall have
landings no further than every 30 feet. Safety cages and ladder openings will include self
closing gates.
9.18.
Painting and Coatings
Painting and coating system including uniform color coordination for system designation
All painting and coating work shall include a final touch-up before turnover
Concrete shall be coated as required to protect against environmental conditions and
chemical exposure
All exposed surfaces of the facilities shall receive a protective coating system.
All interior surfaces not coated shall be painted
Steel in high moisture areas, grating, embedded anchor bolts, assemblies nuts, washers,
plates and assemblies are to be galvanized. Miscellaneous embedded plates shall also be
galvanized.
All outdoor structural and miscellaneous support steel shall be galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A123, ASTM A153, and ASTM A385. Indoor structures, such as building
columns shall be painted. All paint coating systems shall consist of surface preparation, a
prime coat and a finish coat. The Seller will submit for approval and use high quality
paint products as manufactured by Ameron, Briner, Carboline, Ceilcote, DuPont,
Glidden, Porter, Sherwin Williams, Tnemec and ZRC. The primary color for the plant
and the color scheme for all buildings and enclosures shall be determined later by
Purchaser for all primary external finish coat, trim, flashing, gutters, downspouts,
louvers, doors, windows frames, roof panels, and exposed galvanized surfaces. The color
of the finish coat shall be selected by the Purchaser from color samples submitted by the
Seller. Surface preparation and paint system application shall be in accordance with the
paint system manufacturer’s recommendations. The primer, intermediate coat and finish
coat shall be from the same manufacturer.
The following protective coating systems shall be used unless approved otherwise by the
Purchaser:
a. Exposed structural steel, steel piping, and equipment shall have a surface
preparation as recommended by the paint manufacturer, a primer coat (2-4 mils
DFT) of two component inorganic zinc and a finish coat (4-6 mils DFT) of semigloss polyurethane paint.
b. Steel areas where chemical exposures (acidic, neutral, and alkaline) are
anticipated to occur shall have a surface preparation as recommended by the
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 174 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
paint manufacturer, a primer coat (4-6 mils DFT) of polyamide epoxy paint, and
a finish coat (2-3 mils DFT) of acrylic aliphatic polyurethane paint.
c. Externally exposed metal surfaces with service temperatures of 450F to 750F
shall receive a SSPC SP10 surface preparation, a primer coat (2-2.5 mils DFT) of
inorganic zinc silicate paint, and a finish coat (1.5 mils DFT) of silicone
aluminum paint.
d. Environmentally controlled areas with interior concrete and concrete masonry
components requiring painting shall have a surface preparation that is clean, dry
and free of contaminants, a primer coat (thickness rate per paint manufacturer) of
masonry filler, an intermediate coat (2-3 mils DFT) of low gloss acrylic latex and
a finish coat (2-3 mils DFT) of low gloss acrylic latex.
e. Exterior and non-environmentally controlled areas with concrete and concrete
masonry components requiring painting shall have a surface preparation that is
clean, dry, and free of contaminants, a primer coat (thickness rate as
recommended by the paint manufacturer) of masonry filler, an intermediate coat
(2-3 mils DFT) of water-borne acrylic paint, and a finish coat (2-3 mils DFT) of
water-borne acrylic paint.
f. All drywall areas shall have a smooth, clean, and dry surface preparation, a
primer coat (0.5 to 3.0 mils DFT) of sealer or thinned finish coat as
recommended by the paint manufacturer, and intermediate coat (1-2 mils DFT)
of low gloss acrylic latex paint, and a finish coat (1-2 mils DFT) of low gloss
acrylic latex paint.
g. The interior surfaces of steel tanks for the storage of potable and service water
shall have a SSPC SP5 surface preparation, and two coats of epoxy polyamide
(each coat 4-6 mils DFT) meeting or exceeding the requirements of ANSI/NSF
Standard 61 for potable water tanks.
h. The interior surfaces of steel tanks for the storage of high purity water shall have
a SSPC SP5 surface preparation, a primer coat (4-6 mils DFT) of two component
zinc-filled epoxy and a finish coat (4-6 mils DFT) of alaphatic amine epoxy.
i. The exterior surfaces of steel tanks shall receive a primer coat (4-6 mils DFT) of
two-coat zinc-filled epoxy and finish coat (4-6mils DFT) of polyurethane paint.
Building exterior finish coatings shall be applied to all roof and wall panels and decks,
wall louvers, flashings, gutters, trim and other exposed galvanized surfaces.
9.19.
Design
The design shall conform to relevant aspects of the U.S. Codes and Standards as noted in
Section 7. The design shall be based on the International Building Code 2003 Edition
(IBC) or other applicable local or state building code, and the American Concrete
Institute (ACI), and American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). Where there is
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 175 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
conflict between the building code, city code or state code, the provisions containing the
most restrictive regulation shall apply and govern. All buildings, structures and
equipment shall be designed and built to required seismic specifications.
Strength design shall generally be employed for reinforced concrete structures, and
allowable stress design or load & resistance factor design for steelwork.
Wind, snow and earthquake loading shall be in accordance with IBC or local
jurisdictional building code, whichever is more stringent.
The design shall take account of all applied loads, including dead, live, impact, thermal,
dynamic, settlement, movement, seismic and other loading conditions where appropriate.
Temporary loads during maintenance and erection shall be considered.
Platforms shall be designed for a minimum live load of 100 psf. Platform design shall
employ the use of grating in lieu of checkered plate unless required for containment
purposes. All handrail, toe plate, ladders, cages, gates, etc., shall be in accordance with
OSHA Standard Rules and Regulations.
Pre-engineered building rafters shall be designed for the appropriate collateral loading
from roof supports, HVAC ducts, cable tray and piping.
Grade slabs (turbine equipment laydown) shall be designed at a minimum for 300 psf.
Ground floor slabs for areas and auxiliary buildings shall be designed at a minimum for
150 psf. Storage areas will be designed for actual weight of material but no less than 150
psf.
Snow, wind, and earthquake loading shall be in accordance with the IBC or local
jurisdictional building code, whichever is more stringent.
All work shall be produced in accordance with the laws, regulations, and rules applicable
to Professional Engineers practicing in the State where the facility is located, using due
standards of care, skill and diligence. All design drawings and specifications produced
shall be sealed by a Professional or Structural Engineer licensed to practice in the state
where the facility is located.
Vendor-generated structural steel details, concrete reinforcing details and erection
drawings are to be reviewed and approved by the Seller’s Professional Engineer,
registered in the state where the facility is located.
Access doors and hand rails shall be designed and located for easy access for
maintenance and inspections. Adequate hand railing and fall protection barriers shall be
installed for maintenance activities.
9.20.
Construction
All materials, workmanship, and testing shall be in accordance with the appropriate
specifications, standards and codes of practice. Methods of quality control shall be clearly
established and documented.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 176 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Working methods shall ensure the construction of stable structures able to withstand all
applied loadings during construction and for the design life of the Facility without
collapse, failure or excessive deformation such as to cause any damage, loss of function
or any durability problems.
A permanent Facility benchmark shall be established on the Facility site by the Seller
based upon USGS vertical datum. Settlement monitoring points shall be provided, with a
minimum of four points for each CTG foundation. The existing elevation at each point
shall be inscribed on an embedded brass marker, before setting of equipment.
All welding shall be performed by welders qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1,
using only procedures qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1.
9.21.
Testing and Inspections
A program for testing soils during earthwork and when installation of underground
utilities and foundations are performed shall be utilized.
The minimum moisture and density testing requirements for structural fill shall be 1 test
per 75 cubic yards with at least one test under each foundation greater than 15 square
feet.
In-place representative field density tests will be performed, preferably at the frequencies
specified below in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The following frequencies will be
increased in areas where apparent difficulties exist:
Fill Class
Testing Area
Frequency
Cubic Yards per Test
A
Structural Foundations
250 (or 1600 ft2 of each lift or
once per work shift, whichever is
more frequent)
B
Backfill Surrounding
Structures
(Same as Class A)
B
Roads, Shoulders, and
Parking Lots
650
C
General Backfill
1800
In the event a compacted area fails to meet the specified compaction requirements, two
additional tests will be performed for that area. If the results of either of the two
additional tests-prove unsatisfactory, the area will undergo additional compaction and
testing until test results meet the minimum compaction requirements
Records of inspection and testing of soils to ensure compliance with design assumptions
shall be turned over to Purchaser and shall comply with good engineering and
construction practices as well as the requirements of the local authority regarding
notification and inspection. If pile supported foundations are to be used, the Seller shall
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 177 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
conduct a pile load test program. The trial pile-testing program shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review at least two weeks before the start of the pile testing.
Testing and inspections of structures shall be in accordance with the California Building
Code and other licensing requirements.
Concrete test cylinder sets shall be taken at the minimum rate of 1 set per day, nor less
than once for each 150 cubic yards for slabs, foundations or walls. Concrete test cylinder
sets for paving shall be taken at the minimum rate of 1 set per day, nor less than once for
each 150 cubic yards, nor less than once for every 5,000 square feet. As a minimum, one
set of cylinders shall be taken for each equipment foundation, with exception that one set
of cylinders may be made for each concrete truck load where multiple small foundations
are poured from a single load. Test procedures shall be in accordance with the
appropriate ASTM standards. Copies of test data shall be provided to the Purchaser.
The Seller shall utilize a system to validate type and grade of high strength bolts by
sampling and metallurgical testing.
A testing program of high strength bolts and nuts shall be conducted by the Seller to
assure that each bolt shipment meets the appropriate ASTM standards for dimensional
tolerances and material quality.
All structural welds shall be subject to inspection in accordance with weld quality
requirements provided in AWS D1.1. Critical welds shall be inspected as required and all
other welds shall be subject to random inspection.
10.
DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
As part of its work scope, the Seller shall submit detailed documentation to the Purchaser
to demonstrate the facility’s conformance with all specification requirements. This
documentation shall include, but not be limited to, progress reports, specifications, design
criteria, calculations, drawings, manuals, and schedules. The Seller shall submit this
documentation for all areas of work to enable the Purchaser to fully understand the
proposed design and to review it for compliance with the specification. A schedule for
the submission of documentation defined below shall be agreed with the Purchaser. The
individual submissions shall be provided to allow at least two weeks for the Purchaser's
review before any commitment. In addition to the hard copies, documentation shall be
provided in common electronic formats generally using Microsoft Office. Generally all
drawings shall be provided in AutoCAD or Microstation format, and Vendor drawings
shall be in AutoCAD or Microstation format.
All documents shall be in English. Units of measurement shall be US customary.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 178 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
10.1.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Documents To Be Submitted For Purchaser Review and Comment
Critical documents that define the overall conceptual design of the facility are required to
be submitted for Purchaser review and comment following initial issue and each
subsequent revision.
Other documents shall be submitted for information upon initial issue, issue for
construction and final record.
Purchaser 's comments shall be forwarded to the Seller within 10 working days of the
date documents are received in the Purchaser 's offices (receipt of email notification of
document transmittal and availability of document at the designated FTP site).
The drawings and documents in the types and quantities indicated on the following table
shall be provided by Seller to Buyer. After the first drawing or document submittal,
submitted revisions shall be provided in the same quantities indicated for the first
submittal, except where otherwise indicated on the table. The column headings are
described below:
 Buyer Review refers to drawing or document review, comment, and review as
described in the contract. The stages are as follows:
—
A = Buyer’s review, hold until release from Buyer
—
I = For Information Only
—
R = Buyer Review and Comments
 First Issue refers to the type of issue of the referenced document to be submitted to
the Buyer as the first formal submittal. Subsequent issues of “A” category drawing
shall be provided to Buyer until last project issue for drawings issued for Buyer’s
review and hold. Seller is not required to provide subsequent revisions of “I” and
“R” category drawings, but Seller must provide the final version of “R” category
drawings for review by Buyer before Last Project Issue.
 Last Project Issue refers to the issuing of the final issue of the drawings for
construction or the as-shipped drawings for manufactured equipment. Seller shall
update lists to conform to Subsystem Turnover Package records, and the Last Project
Issue drawings supplied by equipment Subcontractors shall correspond to the asshipped condition.
 As Built refers to a formal record or as-built design drawing issued by the
Contractor or Seller revised to indicate all documented design modifications made
during construction.
Description
DESIGN DRAWINGS
Mechanical Design Drawings
Plant Arrangement Drawings
Piping & Instrument Diagrams
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Buyer
Review
First
Issue
Last
Project
Issue
As Built
A
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
Page 179 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Last
Project
Issue
As Built
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Control Design Drawings – Power Block and BOP
Local Logic Diagrams
DCS Logic Diagrams
DCS Graphics Drawings
DCS Program Logic Diagrams
Typical Installation Details
R
R
R
R
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Civil and Architectural Drawings
Site Grading and Drainage Drawings
Foundation Location and Elevation Drawings
Composite Underground Utilities Drawings
Foundation Drawings
Concrete Floor Drawings
Road Paving and Location Drawings
Typical Detail Drawings
Structural Steel Drawings (including pipe racks)
Building Architectural Drawings
A
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LISTS
Equipment List
Valve List
Pipeline List
Electrical Load List
Cable Schedule
Control Instrument and Device List
I/O List
Contractor Drawing List
List of Vendor Drawings
Lubricants Schedule
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
REPORTS
Plant Auxiliaries Electrical Load Flow and Fault Study
Electrical Relay Settings
R
R
X
X
X
X
Description
Large Bore Piping Isometrics
Composite Underground Piping Arrangements Dwgs
Installation Detail Drawings
HVAC Drawings
Heat Balance Diagrams
Water Balance Diagrams
Electrical Design Drawings
Single Line Diagrams
Three Line Diagrams
Elementary Diagrams
Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams or Termination
Details
Composite Raceway Drawings
Cable Tray Layout Drawings
Lighting Drawings for Control Rm. & Offices
Lighting Drawings – Other
Installation Detail Drawings
Grounding and Lightning Protection Drawings
Duct Bank Duct Number Drawings
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Buyer
Review
I
R
I
R
A
A
First
Issue
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
R
R
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Page 180 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Last
Project
Issue
Buyer
Review
I
I
First
Issue
X
R
X
X
(Changes
Only)
R
X
Grounding Calculations
R
X
Cable Sizing Calculations
R
X
Short Circuit Calculations for Switchyard
R
X
Select Civil/Structural Calculations (foundations, etc.)
R
X
Equipment Sizing Calculations
Select Mechanical Calculations (BFP sizing, sample
system sizing calculations, etc.)
Electrical Relay and Coordination Calculations
R
X
R
X
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
X
(Changes
Only)
R
X
I/R
X
I
X
Description
Geotechnical Report
Cathodic Survey Study
CALCULATIONS
Main Power Equipment Sizing
Transformer
Isolated Phase Bus
Circuit Breakers
Short Circuit Study and Load Flow Calculations
MISCELLANEOUS
Design Basis/Criteria
Vendor Drawings & Information
List of documents to provided for review. Selected
drawings will be requested such as for BFP,
Condensate pumps, condenser, cooling tower, water
treatment, generator circuit breakers, HV breakers,
transformers, etc.
Unpriced Equipment Purchase Orders and/or
Specifications
Soil Resistivity Tests
Operation & Maintenance Manual(s)
Vendor Test Reports
Ground Grid Resistance Tests
Cathodic Protection Soil Tests
Flow Nozzle Tests
Metering Tests
Interconnection Design Information
Pipe Stress Reports (High Energy)
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
As Built
E
X
X
X
X
X
(Changes
Only)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Seller shall furnish drawings, lists, calculations, test reports, and miscellaneous
information in accordance with the table in this Appendix necessary for review of design
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 181 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
and construction by the Buyer and for maintenance and operation of the Facility. All
transmittals shall be accomplished via a secure FTP or project internet site, and shall be
transferred by electronic files, in Word or Excel or in PDF, or Microstation formats. Any
paper copies of drawings shall be provided by the recipient of the files.
Where equipment subcontractor-supplied drawings, calculations, test reports, or
miscellaneous information includes the above information, the Seller is not required to
redraw them, provided they indicate the information required and are properly crossreferenced to other information.
Plant arrangement drawings shall indicate the location of all-major mechanical
equipment, major electrical equipment and panels, and major control and process control
panels (including roll-out space or other maintenance access as appropriate). A site plant
arrangement drawing shall also be provided showing the location of all buildings, major
equipment, and plant roads. Equipment identification on these drawings shall match the
equipment identification on the Equipment List.
Piping and instrument diagrams (P&ID) shall be provided for each plant system. These
diagrams shall indicate all process piping, except vents and drains, regardless of size,
with each line identified by size, specific line number, and piping class designation. All
control valves and valves 2.5 inches and larger, equipment, mechanical devices (such as
orifice plates), and instruments and control devices shall be identified.
Large bore piping isometrics shall be provided for each system indicating location,
arrangement, and fabrication. Large bore pipe is pipe 2.5 inches and larger.
In lieu of single-line diagrams for panel boards, the Supplier may supply panel board lists
with load descriptions for each panel circuit breaker. Lighting circuits will not require
circuit numbers.
Three-line diagrams shall be provided for the following:
 Generator step-up transformers, and station auxiliary transformers, including
potential and current transformer circuits.
 Medium-voltage switchgear, including potential and current transformer circuits, but
excluding load circuits.
Elementary diagrams shall be provided for equipment and systems with hard-wired
controls.
Interconnecting wiring diagrams or termination details shall be provided for controls and
instrument circuits and will include the following:
 Terminal point connection wiring
 Circuit number
 Both circuit ends or cross reference drawing number for unshown circuit end
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 182 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Raceway drawings shall indicate cable tray in single-line or other form, wireway, and
conduits 2.5 inches and larger. These drawings will include all cable tray, wireway, and
conduit numbers, where applicable.
Supplier shall provide logic diagrams that will indicate logic control and configurations
and interlocks.
Composite underground utilities drawings shall include information included on the site
arrangement drawing (simplified where required for clarity).
Concrete floor drawings shall include design loads.
Electrical relay settings shall be provided in report form for all relays down to the 480
volt secondary unit substation breakers.
Subsystem turnover packages shall include pertinent construction data, the work required
to place subsystems in service, and pertinent subsystem drawings.
10.2.
Performance Curves
For operating conditions that are different from either International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) conditions or guaranteed site rating conditions, the Seller shall
supply the Purchaser, with expected performance curves and correction factors to cover
the range of site conditions. This information shall cover the expected range of variation
of the following: shaft speed, power output, compressor inlet temperature, atmospheric
pressure, inlet and exhaust pressure losses, and effect of variations in fuel properties.
Performance parameters indicated shall be power, fuel flow, water/steam flow rate, and
heat rate (lower heating value). The following type of performance curves shall be
provided:
 Curves showing generator kVA output against field current through the entire power
factor range
 Curves showing reactive capability versus kilowatt load
 Decrement curves for three-phase, line-to-line, and line-to-line to ground, short
circuits, including effect of voltage regulator.
 Regulation curve with excitation and speed constant.
 Exciter load versus exciter voltage curves showing drooping characteristic.
 Curve or data on the excitation and voltage regulation system characteristics
showing generator stator, field and exciter per unit amperes vs. time. Specify which
excitation system model type is representative of the equipment.
 All applicable performance degradation curves, recoverable and non-recoverable
 A curve of turbine heat rate versus turbine load NOx emission level versus load
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 183 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
10.3.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Purchaser's Right to Receive Additional Documents for Information
The intent of this request is to enable the Purchaser to be cognizant of the engineering
progress and to validate the work to be performed under the Contract.
In general, documents normally generated while performing engineering and design on
this Project shall be available to the Purchaser for information. Typical documents
expected to be produced include the following:
 Equipment foundation design drawings
 Rebar placement drawings
 Area paving and drainage drawings
 Structural steel plan, section, and detail drawings
 Structural steel shop drawings
 Building architectural drawings
 Electrical duct bank, cable tray, conduit layout, and grounding and lighting drawings
 Electrical load lists
 Electrical cable and conduit lists
 Electrical panel schedules
 Plant switchyard drawings
 Control panel internal wiring drawings
 Instrument cabinet layout drawings
 Instrument installation details
 Control panel layout drawings
 Piping isometric drawings
 Underground piping and drains composite layout drawings
 Valve lists
 Line lists
 Consolidated instrument index
 Pipe hanger and support drawings
 Protective relaying logic diagrams
 Operating and maintenance manuals for all engineered equipment
 Design studies
 Stress analysis reports
 Water hammer study for the circulating water system
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 184 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Dynamic foundation analysis for combustion turbine generator
 Short circuit analysis and voltage drop studies
 Unpriced purchase orders
 Operating instructions, including freeze protection plan.
 Final purchase order, drawing, and vendor drawing lists
 Instrument data sheets
 Functional control logic diagrams
 Completed control settings, to include both tolerance and actual values
 Valve data sheets
 Complete control system configuration documents and DCS I/O database
 Setpoint for instruments (if not included in instrument index)
 Vendor drawings, including detailed wiring diagrams
 Final grounding and cathodic protection survey reports
 Field electrical test reports
 Geotechnical and foundation investigation
 Relay settings and associated bills of materials and documentation sheets
 Equipment and system startup records
 Inspection certificates
 Startup testing and procedures manuals
 Critical civil/structural detailed design calculations. Specifically, combustion
generator foundations, stack foundations, and design criteria or calculations for the
pipe rack.
10.4.
Documents To Be Submitted Before Turn over of Facility
Before Project completion, Seller shall update design drawings and other design
documents as shown in Section 10.1 to reflect as-built information and provide electronic
and hard copies to the Purchaser. Before submittal of these as-built documents, Seller
shall provide the Purchaser access to field markup drawings and other documents
required to support the Purchaser 's O&M requirements.
Isometrics shall be provided from the “as designed” 3D CAD model. Piping composite
layout drawings may be provided for the above ground plant facilities. Underground
composites shall be provided. Operational documents which shall be as-built, include
P&ID’s, loop diagrams, one-lines, equipment lists, and interconnecting wiring drawings.
As-built construction drawings for steel detail, pipe supports, rebar drawings, etc. will be
provided as requested by Purchaser. All shop-fabricated pipe 2.5 inches or above shall be
modeled. Non CAD drawings can be scanned for submittal on CD ROM.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 185 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
10.5.
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
Drawings and Lists
Drawings submitted shall conform to the following:
Size shall be as follows (metric sizes also acceptable):
 A – 8.5 inches x 11 inches
 B – 11 inches x 17 inches
 D – 24 inches x 36 inches
 E – 34 inches X 44 inches
The title block shall be in the lower right-hand corner of the drawing, and the drawing,
when submitted, shall be folded to A size with the complete title visible. The title block
shall contain the following minimum information:
 Project name
 Manufacturer's name
 Manufacturer's drawing number
 Brief title (clearly defining content of drawing)
 Revision number and revision date
 Scale and scale bar (when applicable)
 Plant and equipment identification number
A space approximately 2 inches x 3 inches near the title block shall be left blank for
approval stamps. A revision column adjacent to the title block shall define briefly the
revisions made for each revision number.
10.6.
Instruction Books and Operating Manuals
The Seller shall furnish the Purchaser with five bound sets and one electronic version
using Microsoft Office for text and AutoCAD, Microstation, or Adobe format for
drawings of complete clearly readable operating manuals. These instructions shall be in
addition to instruction manuals prepared by individual equipment vendors and shall
provide a brief description of how each system is put into service and normally operates
and shall identify abnormal operating conditions likely to be encountered, along with a
description of corrective actions that should be taken. These manuals are intended for use
in familiarizing new employees with the facility and are not to provide detailed operating
guidelines or procedures.
The equipment instruction books (operating and maintenance manuals) shall be issued
before equipment shipment and shall include the following:
 Equipment identification by equipment number, station name, and unit number and
by function name.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 186 of 187
PACIFIC GAS AND ELECTRIC COMPANY
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
Technical Specifications: Appendix N1
Simple Cycle (Combustion Turbine)
 Final reduced general arrangement and cross section drawings, warranted
performance data, design data sheets, and performance curves for all equipment.
 Complete installation/operation, troubleshooting and maintenance instructions.
 Part lists shall be complete in every respect with parts identified by the original
manufacturer's part number as well as by identification number.
Instruction books shall be specific to equipment supplied. The instruction book manuals
and equipment instruction books shall be thoroughly reviewed by Seller before submittal,
to verify that the instruction books apply to the specific equipment purchased.
All Source RFO: Revised 03-31-08
687303592
Page 187 of 187